ML102920664

Draft Written Exam (Folder 2)

ML102920664
Person / Time
Site:	Limerick
Issue date:	08/20/2010
From:	Caruso J Operations Branch I
To:	Goff C Exelon Generation Co, Exelon Nuclear
Hansell S
Shared Package
ML100560247	List: IR 05000352/2010302 ML101650598 ML102720677 ML102870021 ML102920654 ML102920658 ML102920661 ML102920664 ML102920667 ML102920669 ML102920673 ML102920676 ML103080887
References
TAC U01767
Download: ML102920664 (258)

Text

{{#Wiki_filter:~. Limerick Generclting Station ILT09-1 NRC License Operator Exam Mlaterial RO Written

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 1 10: 8771 Points: 1.00 Unit 2 plant conditions are as follows:

              - Main Turbine is tripped
              - Reactor power is 60%

WHICH ONE of the following describes the required RPV pressure control strategy per T-101, RPV Control, and the reason for it? A. Stabilize RPV pressure with Safety Relief Valves to minimize power fluctuations B. Stabilize RPV pressure with HPCI to minimize heat input into the Suppression Pool C. Reduce RPV pressure with HPCI to minimize operation of Safety Relief Valves D. Reduce RPV pressure with Turbine Bypass Valves to minimize heat input into the Suppression Pool Answer: A Answer Explanation: ANSWER Stabilize RPV pressure with SRVs to minimize power fluctuations: Per T -101, RPV pressure is stabilized at a value below the high RPV pressure scram setpoint (1096 psig) to avoid safety relief valve (SRV) actuation and to permit the scram logic to be reset (barring the existence of other scram signals). No minimum value is specified since the RPV pressure at which the TRIP procedures are entered cannot be pre-defined and the instruction must provide appropriate guidance for all events. The use of the term "Stabilize" means to hold RPV pressure as constant as possible within the constraints imposed by the nature of the event, the degree of control afforded by the systems used, and the availability of personnel to perform manual control functions. The intent is that RPV pressure be held as constant as practicable. The specific actions required and the degree to which the ideal of a constant pressure can be approached will vary according to these constraints. For example: During failure-to-scram events, stabilizing RPV pressure is of greater importance, but is likewise more difficult to accomplish. If significant reactor power is being generated, it may be expected that RPV pressure will vary at a faster rate and over a wider band than under non-ATWS conditions. EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 1 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order DISTRACTOR Stabilize RPV pressure with HPCI to minimize heat input into the Suppression Pool: See Explanation above - Above capacity of HPCl DISTRACTOR Reduce RPV pressure with HPCI to minimize operation of SRVs: See Explanation above - Above capacity of HPCI DISTRACTOR Reduce RPV pressure with turbine Bypass Valves to minimize heat input into the Suppression Pool: See Explanation above - Above capacity of BPVs EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 2 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Question 1 Info Question T~pe: Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test? No

            ! Authorized for practice?   No Points:                   1.00 Time to Complete:         3
            ! Difficulty:                2.00 System ID:                8771 User-Defined ID:          8771 Cross Reference Number:   LLOT1560.05 I

OT-102, Reactor HI pressure trip with RPS lites not  ! Topic: extinguished per OT-117 Num Field 1: 4.1 Num Field 2: 4.3 Text Field: 295037 EK1.Q1 11 LJ .~ /J A .... ':... ... r('._ Of) Comments: .>~ lJe,.....JL v~ {f w r- /'. V i / V " I'V ':l ~

                                             -L1    J,A. v        /2)c. f~     ~t>n.                f     P1 ~

General Data Technical Reference with T-101 Revision Number:

                                          ~itive Level                       H i PRA: (Le. Yes or No or #)         Y

• 10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO) N/A Question History: (I.e. LGS NRC 02 NRC-05, OYS CERT-04)

Question Source: (I.e. New, Bank i Bank, Modified) Revision History: Revision Bank History: (I.e. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS review) Supplied Ref (If appropriate) none I i EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 3 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 2 10: 8773 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows:

                      - Reactor startup is in progress when the "1 B" Recirc pump Field Breaker trips

~~

                      - Reactor power is 50%

r _ "iAn Recirc pump speed is 55% J t - PMS computer is unavailable

~ II 0                - Core plate DP indication XR-042-1 R613 indication is 1.2 psid

-1f~' .~: I:'1: ?_~~__~_~_--, 0".0,."" ""

~I/"~               ~                                         ~       ,~,..,~ ""...'" 'mOo.

LGS Power Flow Operation Map 00

             !/l 80
              '0
              ~  70
             ! .0 I J   50 40 30 10      20      30               50           &i            70 80       00        1W  110      1:;;0 Core Flow (% of Ratea)       Core'~~ dP tPs~

WHICH ONE of the following is a required action for the given conditions? A. Manually scram the reactor B. Stabilize Power at current value C. Insert control rods to exit RESTRICTED REGION D. Restart the "1B" Recirc pump and Raise Core Flow Answer: C Answer Explanation:

                             -~-"-'" ---,-.0---

ANSWER Insert control rods to exit RESTRICTED REGION: Correct because 50% power and Core plate dP of 1.2. places plant in the restricted region Per T-112. IF while executing the remainder of this procedure, RESTRICTED REGION of Power/Flow Map is entered. THEN immediately EXIT region by inserting control rods OR raising core flow Page: 4 of 195 --~ --~-----'--20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order r-DiSTRACTOR-- Manually scram the reactor:Thlsisjncorrect as conditions do not require a Reactor Scram. IF a second recirc pump tripped, OR if Core Plate dP indication on was not available r-:~--~------~-~--~-r-:c------~------~-~---~------~---------------' DISTRACTOR Stabilize Power at current value: This is incorrect as 50% power and Core plate dP of 1.2, places plant in the restricted region Per T-112 requiring action DISTRACTOR Restart 1B Recirc Pump, and Raise Core Flow: This is incorrect Per OT-112, Restarting a Recirc Pump is not an acceptable means of raising f1ow-112 Question 2 Info f-----~---~-- General Data Technical Reference with OT-112, Recirc Pump trip Revision Number:

                                                       --~~---_-+-'--"

LOT-1540.05 __ __ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _---l

                                                                               ~_C~~~ ~: '-:C~   ~

C.Qg!'1i!i\l~_~"'-~________ H PRA: (i.e. Yes or No or #) N

                                                                      -t~~--------

10CFR 55.43 (N/A for ~_~-t-cN:-:/_A_ _ _ _ _ _ __ Question History: (I.e. LGS New NRC-05-,--Q"'-S~~~~~L ------------1 Question Source: (i.e. New, New

                                          ~ai1IsJ't12Qi!,-~               __________--j Revision History: Revision      N/A History: (I.e. Modified distracter "b" to make plausible based on OTPS revieI/VL__________:-:-::::--_ _ _ _ _ _ __

ILT EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 5 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order CFR: 41.2 General design features of the core, including core structure, fuel elements, control rods, core instrumentation, and coolant flow. CFR: 41.3 Mechanical components and design features of the reactor primary system. CFR: 41.5 Facility operating characteristics during steady state and transient conditions, including coolant chemistry, causes and effects of temperature, pressure and reactivity changes, effects of load changes, and operating limitations and reasons for these operating characteristics. CFR: 41.6 Design, components, and functions of reactivity control mechanisms and instrumentation. CFR: 41.8 Components, capacity, and functions of emergency systems. 10 CFR 55.41 RO WRITTEN EXAMINATION 10 CFR 55.43 SRO WRITTEN EXAMINATION CFR: 45.7 Safely operate the facility's heat removal systems, including primary coolant, emergency coolant, and decay heat removal systems, and identify the relations of the proper operation of these systems to the operation of the facility. CFR: 45.8 Safely operate the facility's auxiliary and emergency systems, including operation of those controls associated with plant equipment that could affect reactivity or the release of radioactive materials to the environment. General Question Data Higher Initial Limerick RO SRO

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 3 10: 8780 Points: 1.00 Unit 2 plant conditions are as follows: Unit 2 was operating at 100% when a scram signal occurred One (1) minute later, the following conditions are noted:

              - Reactor Power is <4%
              - Reactor Pressure is 960 psig and steady Rod 26-11 is at position "48" Rod 50-31 is at position "48"
              - Rod 22-51 is at position "48"
              - All other control rods are at "00"
              - No Boron has been injected WHICH ONE of the following describes a new set of control rod positions at which an "ATWS" is no longer in progress?

BOD 26-11 ROD 50-31 ROD 22-51 A. "02" "48" "48" B. "00" "48" "48" C. "02" "04'~ "04" D. "00" "00" "48" Answer: 0 Answer Explanation: EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 7 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09~1 RO questions in sample plan order ANSWER ROD 26-11 at "00" ROD 50-31 at "00" ROD 22-51 at "48": Correct, refer to LGS TRIP NOTE #14 reminds operators of the definition of the term "ATWS". In general, any time operators have positive confirmation that the reactor is, and will remain, shutdown under all conditions without boron, an ATWS is not in progress. This determination is best obtained by determining that no ~ ~ control rod is withdrawn beyond the Maximum Subcritical I~ ~ Banked Withdrawal Position (MSBWP, position 02). However, other criteria can also be used to demonstrate that the reactor will remain shutdown under all conditions without boron. Possibilities include the existence of the core design basis shutdown margin with the single strongest control rod fully withdrawn and all other control rods fully inserted and compliance with Technical Specification requirements governing control rod position and the allowable number of inoperable control rods. In some cases, the control room operating crew may be able to make this determination themselves. In most cases, however, it is expected that this determination will be made by a Reactor Engineer or other member of the Technical Support Staff. The definition of "ATWS" does not imply that either of the two conditions cannot be met if boron has been injected, but that credit cannot be taken for the negative reactivity contributed by the boron. DlSTRACTOR ROD 26-11 at "02" ROD 50-31 at "48" ROD 22-51 at "48": Incorrect due to two additional rods beyond position "02" DISTRACTOR ROD 26-11 at "00" ROD 50-31 at "48" ROD 22-51 at "48": Incorrect due to more than one rod beyond position "02" DISTRACTOR ROD 26-11 at "02" ROD 50-31 at "04" ROD 22-51 at "04": Incorrect due to two additional rods beyond position "02" I EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 8 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order IQuestion 3 Info

            , Question Type:                 Multi~le     Choice Status:                      Active Always select on test?        No Authorized for.practice?      No Points:                       1.00 Time to Complete:            0
            ~ifficulty:                     0.00                                                                       :

SY':>LI:":I ID: 8780 User-Definea ID: 8780 -- Cross Reference Number: LIMERICK LOT 6740 Topic: ATW~O~~ - Re9~ower is 6% - Suppression Pool t lperat .~ 1090 he Operator has ma Num Field 1: 3.7  ! !1 tlI.l. t-.Y': Num Field 2: 4.1 , / \T'< '. vv'iJ Text Field: 295046 EKf.04 \ , I I ~J J Vi Comments: <:::""'IJ J...J..If. '/4.-...P K /i.ttJ~tt .~,,~ J

                                                                                                                       ~lAJ
                                             ~,       I I   C/' f7~'11     General Data' I'      F..,;ftt(;LI(,r sr Technical Reference with 11_ Revisic)1l Number:

Cognitive Level T-101 L [ Revisio n #: 510 II Justification for Non SRO 10CFR41b.8

                                             ~ CFR Link:

Question History: (I.e. LGS 02 NRC-05, OYS CERT-04) r--Question Source: (I.e. New, Bank i Bank, Modified}

                                            'Low KA Justification (if                 N/A required):

Revision History: Revision N/A History: (I.e. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS Lreview) II ILT II Supplied Ref (If NONE

                                             ~2Qriate}: {i.e. ABN-##l __ f-Excluded 

Reference:

(i.e. N/A

                                             - Ensure ON-## not provided)

LORT 1--= PRA: (I.e. Yes or No or #) Y LORT Question Section: A (I.e, A-Systems or B-Procedures) i EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 9 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 4 10: 8794 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows: MCR has been evacuated due to Toxic gas The reactor was manually Scrammed! Rx Mode switch is in Shutdown Main Turbine is tripped MSIV's are closed RCIC was manually initiated SE-1, Remote Shutdown, was entered and all remote shutdown transfer switches are in "Emergency" No other actions were t9.ten at the ~P WHICH ONE of the following describes how HPCI and RCIC will function at the Remote Shutdown Panel? A. Manually controlled to maintain level Manually controlled to maintain level B. Automatically cycles to maintain level Manually controlled to maintain level C. Automatically cycles to maintain level Automatically cycles to maintain level D. Manually controlled to maintain level Automatically cycles to maintain level Answer: B Answer Explanation: ANSWER Automatically cycles to maintain level; Manually controlled to maintain level: Correct because SE-1 NOTE for section 4.3.1 describes HPCI spurious

                   ~.             operation that may require Emergency Shutdown and for section 4.3.3 describes placing RCIC in service for manual control of level.

OISTRACTOR Manually controlled to maintain level; Manually controlled to maintain level: Incorrect due to no manual control capability for HPCI at the RSP except for the HPCI

                     ~            Emergency Shutdown using HS-56-*62 at the RSP.

OISTRACTOR Automatically cycles to maintain level; Automatically cycles to maintain level: Incorrect due to information above. G EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 10of195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY I LT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order DISTRACTOR Manually controlled to maintain level; Automatically cycles to maintain level: Incorrect due to information above. Question 4 Info Question Type: Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test? Yes Authorized for practice? No Points: 1.00 Time to ComQlete: 2 Difficulty: 3.00 System 10: 8794 User-Defined 10: 8794 i Cross Reference Number: LLOT0735.02 Topic: Remote Shutdown Panel (RSP) operation Num Field 1: R04.4 Num Field 2: SR04.5 Text Field: 295016 AK2.01 ~ ('.AL 1W'l...tn.Jhfl y -(J, f - I<Y -'1A.Jl. Comments: General Data I Technical Reference with Revision Number: SE-1 Remote Shutdown J~:~iSiO i Cognitive Level L Justification for Non SRO 55.41 (b)7 CFR Link: i Question History: (i.e. LGS Bank

• NRC-05, OYS CERT-04)

Question Source: (I.e. l\lew, Bank i Bank, Modified) i Low KA Justification (if N/A

• required}:

Revision History: Revision N/A History: (Le. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS review) II ILT Supplied Ref (If none

• appropriate): (Le. ABN-##)

Excluded

Reference:

(i.e. SE-1 Ensure ON-## not provided) LORT

• PRA: (I.e. Yes or No or #) Y LORT Question Section: B (Le, A-Systems or 8 Procedures) J I

EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 11 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 5 10: 8774 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows:

              -    Reactor power is 78%
              -    Reactor pressure is 1022 psig
              -    Both Instrument Air header low pressure annunciators have alarmed
              -    Scram pilot air header low pressure (108-D-5) has alarmed Local air header pressure (47-1N652 at 10C613) indicates 45 psig and trending down WHICH ONE of the following describes the expected response of the Main Steam Isolation Valves (MSIVs) as Instrument Air pressure continues lowering?

A. Inboard MSIVs will drift close. B. Outboard MSIVs will drift close. C. Inboard MSIVs will immediately close. D. Outboard MSIVs will immediately close. Answer: B Answer Explanation: ANSWER Outboard MSIVs will drift close: Correct due to ON-119 NOTE block prior to step 2.6.2 explaining that MSIVs may begin to drift closed and procedure steps direct closing MSIVs after all control rods are inserted and Recirculation Pumps are tripped. Although the accumulator on outboard MSIVs will not prevent closure the slow depressurization of the air header supplied to the operating piston will eventually be overcome by spring i pressure I I DISTRACTOR Inboard MSIVs will drift close: Incorrect due to pneumatic supply normally from Instrument Gas (Nitrogen) that is not affected by the loss of IA pressure DISTRACTOR Inboard MSIVs will immediately close: Incorrect due to pneumatic supply normally from Instrument Gas (Nitrogen) that is not affected by the loss of fA pressure. Additionally, the Inboard MSIVs are maintained open by an accumulator supply to the operating piston that is protected by a check valve EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 13 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order DISTRACTOR Outboard MSIVs will immediately close: Incorrect due to the plant conditions stated with depressurization in Instrument Air Headers allowing plant control per ON-119 Inboard MSIVs pneumatics are suppled by instrument gas leaving then unaffected by a loss of instrument air. AL \:) "7 b \..,t-\1J7 ~ \ Due to check valve arrangement on the MSIVs air supply lines, the Ir.+board MSIVs will ~f'7' ~ close slowly as accumulator pressure leaks past check valve; the outboard MSIVs w"m ~' -,Ii' upon loss of afI; c~4-

                                                 -'7f'J...                                    '
                                                                                                 \I\~'\:.. 1 Question 5 Info Question Type:                   Multiple Choice
                                                                                                  ,j
                                                                                                  ~'

1"A~ wW << Status: ( Active Always select on test? No Authorized for practice? No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete: 3 Difficulty: 3.00 System 10: 8774 User-Defined 10: 8774 11 r Cross Reference Number: LLOT1550.02 I 1'1( l & 'q l-~ Topic: ON-119, Loss or partial loss of Instrument Air Num Field 1: 3.4 Num Field 2: 3.4 1\ ()

                                                                -r' P~

l\ Text Field: 295019 AK2.05 .u w J;,taJ5 fUl,.~ ali\) tc111V't- oy\ Comments: J IV ~ General Data Technical Refe. "'live; with ON-119, Loss of Revision Number: Instrument air Cognitive Level L PRA: (i.e. Yes or No or #) Y 10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO) N/A Question History: (i.e. LGS New i NRC-05, OYS CERT-04) Question Source: (I.e. New, New Bank, Modified) Revision History: Revision N/A History: (I.e. Modified distracter "b" to make plausible based on OTPS review) ILT Supplied Ref (If NONE appropriate): (i.e. ABN-##) Excluded

Reference:

(i.e. ON-119 Ensure ON-## not provided) Low KA Justification (if N/A required):

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Question 5 Table-Item Links NRC EXAM - 10 CFR 55 Operators' Licenses CFR: 41.7 Design, components, and functions of control and safety systems, including instrumentation, signals, interlocks, failure modes, and automatic and manual features. 10 CFR 55.41 RO WRITTEN EXAMINATION 10 CFR 55.43 SRO WRITTEN EXAMINATION General Question Data Continuing Higher Limerick RO SRO ILT review EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 15 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 6 10: 8789 Points: 1.00 Unit 2 plant conditions are as follows:

              - GP-3 SHUTDOWN is in progress due to a steam leak in the Drywell
              - Unit 2 is in a normal HVAC alignment
              - Drywell pressure rises to 2.1 psig WHICH ONE of the following describes the impact on the Reactor Enclosure Ventilation and Drywell Chilled Water systems?

RE HVAC DW Chilled Water A. RE HVAC isolates DW Chilled Water isolates B. RE HVAC does NOT isolate DW Chilled Water isolates C. RE HVAC isolates DW Chilled Water does NOT isolate D. RE HVAC does NOT isolate DW Chilled Water does NOT isolate Answer: A Answer Explanation: ANSWER RE HVAC isolates; OW Chilled Water isolates: Correct answer with reference to ARC-MCR-113 H-4 (Div 1) and GP-8.1 U/2 for signal "HI! High Drywell Pressure. The condition pressure of 2.1 psig is above the isolation setpoint of 1.68 psig stated in the ARC. OISTRACTOR RE HVAC does NOT isolate; OW Chilled Water isolates: Incorrect, see Justification above OISTRACTOR RE HVAC isolates; OW Chilled Water does NOT isolate: Incorrect, see Justification above OISTRACTOR RE HVAC does NOT isolate; OW Chilled Water does NOT isolate: Incorrect, see Justification above EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 16 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Question 6 Info Question Type: Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test? No Authorized for practice? No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete: 3 Difficulty: 3.00 System ID: 8789 User-Defined ID: 8789 Cross Reference Number: LLOT022.03 Secondary Containment and DWCW response to a high Topic: drywell signal Num Field 1: 3.3 Num Field 2: 3.4 .'- Ii. ,/'0 Text Field: 295024 EK2.18 1J-<.J/..1) tJ (M,(/~ l/71,;A.A,~ 01-"\ Comments: V' I

                                                                                          /'

General Data Technical Reference with GP-8 I Revisio Revision Number: GP-8.1 n #: Cognitive level L Justification for Non SRO 55.41 (b) 7 CFR Link: Question History: (i.e. LGS New NRC-05, OYS CERT-04) Question Source: (i.e. New, New Bank, Modified) Low KA Justification (if N/A required): Revision History: Revision New History: (i.e. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS review) ILT Supplied Ref (If NONE appropriate): (i.e. ABN-##) Excluded

Reference:

(i.e. NONE Ensure ON-## not provided) LORT PRA: (i.e. Yes or No or #) N LORT Question Section: N/A (i.e, A-Systems or B-Procedures) EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 17 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 7 10: 8795 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 Plant conditions are as follows:

          - Reactor power is 8%
          - Reactor water level is -165" Reactor Pressure is being maintained between 990 and 1096 psig with SRVs
          - Suppression Pool Level is 22' 6"
          - Suppression Pool Temperature is 160°F
          - The CRS determines Suppression Pool Temperature CANNOT be maintained on the safe side of the Heat Capacity Temperature Curve THE CRS directs the PRO to lower Reactor Pressure to 800 psig WHICH ONE of the following describes why Reactor pressure is lowered to remain on the safe side of the curve?

A. Minimize SRV cycling to prolong SRV availibility

           .~

(B) Maintain Suppression Pool Temperature to support Boron Injection Initiation

          ~         Temperature (BIIT).

C. Restore Suppression Pool Temperature below maximum suction temperature for HPCI and RCIC operation. D. Maintain conditions to preclude a failure of the primary containment or a loss of equipment necessary for the safe shutdown of the plant. Answer: D Answer Explanation: ANSWER Maintain conditions to preclude a failure of the primary containment or a loss of equipment necessary for the safe shutdown of the plan: Correct per T-102 Bases section SP/T-8 which states LGS TRIP step directs actions to control RPV pressure below the Heat Capacity Temperature Limit (HCTL, CURVE SP/T-1) when the action to control suppression pool temperture below the curve have proven unsuccessful. "If the actions being taken to limit the suppression pool temperature rise are inadequate or not effective, RPV pressure must be reduced in order to remain on the safe side of the HCTl. RPV pressure control actions have, therefore, been added to the suppression pool temperature (SPIT) control flowpath to accommodate these requirements. Failure to do so could lead to a failure of the primary containment or a loss of equipment necessary for the safe shutdown of the plant."

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY IlT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order DISTRACTOR Minimize SRV cycling to prolong SRV availability: Incorrect due to SRV cycling in progress for pressure control adding reactor heat to the Suppression Pool. DISTRACTOR Maintain Suppression Pool Temperature to support Boron Injection Initiation Temperature (BIIT): Incorrect due to BIIT defined as 110 degrees. The HCTl curve is i well above this. DISTRACTOR Restore Suppression Pool Temperature below maximum suction temperature for HPCI and RCIC operation: Incorrect due to action taken actually raises the Suppression Pool Temperature instead of lowering. Question 7 Info  ! Question Type: Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test? No

            .Authorized for practice?        No Points:                        1.00 Time to Complete:              3 Difficulty:                    3.00 S~stem    ID:                  8795 User-Defined ID:               8795 i Cross Reference Number:        LLOT1560.05 Suppression Pool high temperature requiring lowering Topic:

Reactor pressure Num Field 1: 3.8 Num Field 2: 4.1 l~f J fl-

                                                                                                             ~

L'\ Text Field: r 295026 EK3.01 .~ t-tt.;"T""' P J 1/l11A n .n "I J-Ul1~ Comments: GENERAL DATA U Uf ~ Technical Reference with T-102, Primary Containment Revision Number: Control

• Cognitive level L

                                           ! I PRA: (Le. Yes or No or #)    Y

• 10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO 55.41 (b) 5 RO)

Question History: (Le. NEW LGS NRC-05, OYS i CERT-04) Question Source: (Le. New New, Bank, Modified) Revision History: Revision N/A History: (Le. Modified distractor "bn to make plausible based on OTPS I review) II EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 190f195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Supplied Ref (If NONE I appropriate): (Le. ABN

                                     ##)

Excluded

Reference:

(i.e. NONE Ensure ON-## not

                                   . provided) i Low KA Justification (if    N/A i required}:

EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 20 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 8 10: 8785 Points: 1.00 Plant conditions are as follows: Reactor power is 95% The following annunciator windows have alarmed in the MCR. MAIN STEAM F-2 (B1 MOISTURE SEPARATOR DRAIN TANK HI LEVEL) MAIN STEAM E-1 (MOISTURE SEPARATOR HI LEVEL TRIP) WHICH ONE of the following is the expected response and the reason for that response? Expected response Reason for response A. Main Turbine trip, ONLY Prevent water intrusion into the Main Turbine Main Turbine trip Prevent water intrusion into the Main Turbine AND Reactor scram C. 'B l' Moisture Separator Prevents erosion of the 4th Feedwater dump vlv. ONLY opens Heater tubes and baffles D. 'B1' Moisture Separator Prevents erosion of the 4th Feedwater drain vlv. AND dump vlv. open Heater tubes and baffles Answer: B Answer Explanation: EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 21 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order

            -ANSWER        Main Turbine trip and Reactor scram; Prevent water intrusion into the Main Turbine: Correct due to design of the (6) Moisture Separators.

The moisture separators are vertical, cylindrical pressure vessels, whose purpose is to remove moisture from the exhaust steam leaving the H.P. turbine. Each of the six H.P. turbine exhaust lines is connected to its own moisture separator. Once the steam enters the moisture separator, it must pass through a flow diffuser, which evenly distributes the steam to the separator vanes. The steam then passes through the chevron-shaped vanes, where it is forced to repeatedly make quick changes in direction. The steam makes these direction changes easily, but the moisture is unable to change direction fast enough, and is removed by the vanes. The dry steam that exits the vanes flows around an outlet baffle to the moisture separator outlet, then through the cross-around piping to the low-pressure turbines. The moisture removed by the vanes is directed to the bottom of the moisture separator, then into a drain tank attached to the bottom of the moisture separator. The level in the moisture separator drain tank is controlled by level switches to prevent water from backing up into the / moisture separator, and also to maintain a steam/water. interface in the drain tank. Water in the drain tank is normally directed to one of the three 4th feedwater heaters. In the event that the 4th feedwater heaters are not in service, or if level cannot be maintained using only the drain to the feedwater heaters, then a second drain valve (dump valve) will open, which sends water directly to the condenser. If the level in the drain tank cannot b~ maintained below the level of the bottom of the moisture separator (top of the drain tank), then the main turbine ~- will trip. This prevents damaging the low-pressure i '\ turbine due to excessive water induction into the turbine. Each moisture separator drain tank has three level ' switches to sense Hi-Hi level. If 2 out of 3 see Hi-Hi level (102.5 inches above the bottom of the drain tank) on anyone drain tank for at least 10 seconds, then the turbine will trip and a Turbine Trip at greater than - 30% power will result in a Reactor Scram. If the level in the drain tank reaches the Hi level setpoint (50.5 inches above the bottom of the drain tank), then the A1 (B1, C1, A2, B2, C2) MOISTURE SEPARATOR DRAIN TANK HI LEVEL alarm will annunciate in the MCR. If the level in the drain tank lowers to the La level setpoint (15.5 inches above the bottom of the drain tank), then the A1 (B1, C1, A2, 82, C2) MOISTURE SEPARATOR DRAIN TANK LO LEVEL alarm will annunciate in the MCR. EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 22 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order I DISTRACTOR Main Turbine trip, ONLY; Prevent water intrusion into the Main Turbine: Incorrect, See discussion above DISTRACTOR 'B1' Moisture Separator dump vlv. ONLY opens; Prevents erosion of the 4th Feedwater Heater tubes and baffles: Incorrect, See discussion above I DISTRACTOR 'B1' Moisture Separator drain vlv. and dump vlv. open; Prevents erosion of the 4th Feedwater Heater tubes and baffles: Incorrect, See discussion above I I I Question 8 Info Question Type: Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test? No Authorized for practice? No Points: 1.00 Jime to ComQlete: 3 Difficulty: 3.00 System ID: 8785 User-Defined ID: 8785 Cross Reference Number: LGSOPS0001 A.58 With main generator is loaded on the grid the moisture Topic: drain valve fails Num Field 1: 2.5 . /I' "

            . Num Field 2:                 2.6                    AA ~ k . I I v Iv-" \,.Mi~V" n     I tZiXJ !II      F'
            ! Text Field:                  295005 AK3.05                                      V t~t d-ur1.tYf..,*(

Comments: General Data I Technical Reference with Re~isio I Revision Number: LGSOPSOO01 n#. i 8 I Justification for Non SRO 55.41 (b) 5 CFR Link: i Cognitive Level L I Question History: (Le. LGS New NRC-05, OYS CERT-04) I Question Source: (Le. New, New Bank, Modified) Low KA Justification (if N/A required): Revision History: Revision N/A History: (Le. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS review) I ILT Supplied Ref (If None I appropriate): (Le. ABN-##) EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 23 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY IL T09-1 RO questions in sample plan order I'. Excluded

Reference:

(Le. Ensure ON-## not provided) LGSOPS0001 B LORT PRA: (Le. Yes or No or #) Y LORT Question Section: A (Le, A-Systems or B-Procedures) High-High level in anyone moisture separator will cause the main turbine to trip. A turbine trip at greater that 30% power will result in a full scram i KIA 295005 AK3.05 EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 24 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 9 10: 8778 Points: 1.00 Unit 2 is operating at 100% power when a fault on 0134 Load Center causes the following:

              - "2A" RECW Pump trips
              - "2B" RECW Pump starts automatically, but cannot maintain system flow
              - RECW system temperatures are steadily rising ON-113, LOSS OF RECW, is being performed and directs the Reactor Water Cleanup (RWCU)

Pumps be isolated if they trip from a loss of RECW. WHICH ONE of the following identifies the reason for isolating a tripped RWCU Pump? A. Prevent RWCU Filter-Oemineralizer resin damage B. Minimize erosion across RWCU Pump seals due to system pressure C. Prevent RWCU non-regen heat exchanger isolation on high temperature O. Minimize RWCU pump pedestal heating, to maintain pump-motor alignment Answer: B Answer Explanation: ANSWER Minimize erosion across RWCU Pump seals due to I system pressure: Correct per ON-113 Step 2.14 IF RWCU Pumps trip due to loss of RECW flow, THEN manually ISOLATE RWCU Pumps per S44.2.B, RWCU Recirculation Pump Shutdown. BASIS: The time RWCU Recirc Pump(s) are idle and lined up to system pressure must be minimized. This will minimize erosion/leakage across seals due to system pressure. DISTRACTOR Prevent RWCU Filter-Demineralizer resin damage: Incorrect due to system response with pump tripped is to place the filter on the hold pump automatically with no further system flow to cause resin damage from heat DISTRACTOR Prevent RWCU non-regen heat exchanger isolation on high temperature: Incorrect due to system temperature not expected to continue to rise with no pump flow to transfer heat from reactor to RWCU heat exchangers DISTRACTOR Minimize RWCU pump pedestal heating, to maintain pump-motor alignment: Incorrect due to no system flow to cause a temperature gradient accross pump pedestal EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 25 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Question 9 Info Question Type: Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test? No Authorized for practice? No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete: 3 Difficulty: 3.00 System ID: 8778 User-Defined ID: 8778 Cross Reference Number: LLOT1550.02 Unit 2 is operating at 100% power when the following Topic: transient occurs: - "2A" RECW Pump trips on 0 Num Field 1: 3.1 Num Field 2: 3.3 ~ 1 r Text Field: 11 I 295018 AK3.03 ~~/~.{JAA- '1I"LlJ '\./V~ 1.vJ Comments: / General Data

                                                                                   '1\;)
                                                                                    ./  ".Q    ....

1(', f)'\..0' ~V Technical Reference with On-113, Loss of RECW ,4 ~ Revision Number: Cognitive Level PRA: (i.e. Yes or No or #) L Y L WVf' 10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO) 55.41 (b)5 Question History: (i.e. LGS New NRC-05, OYS CERT-04) Question Source: (i.e. New, New Bank, Modified) Revision History: Revision N/A History: (i.e. Modified distracter "b" to make plausible based on OTPS review) ILT Supplied Ref (If NONE appropriate): (i.e. ABN-##) Excluded

Reference:

(i.e. ON-113 Ensure ON-## not provided) Low KA Justification (if N/A required): EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 26 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Question 9 Table-Item Links NRC EXAM - 10 CFR 55 Operators' Licenses CFR: 41.5 Facility operating characteristics during steady state and transient conditions, including coolant chemistry, causes and effects of temperature, pressure and reactivity changes, effects of load changes, and operating limitations and reasons for these operating characteristics. 10 CFR 55.41 RO WRITTEN EXAMINATION 10 CFR 55.43 SRO WRITTEN EXAMINATION CFR: 45.6 Perform control manipulations required to obtain desired operating results during normal, abnormal, and emergency situations. General Question Data Continuing Higher Limerick RO SRO EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 27 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 10 10: 8779 Points: 1.00 A refueling Outage is in progress on Unit 2, with plant conditions as follows: Fuel Shuffle is in progress "1A" ADHR is in service ANN Panel 20C222 "Refuel Bellow Leak Detect" Alarm is received Refuel Floor Personnel report Lowering Fuel Pool Level WHICH ONE of the following describes the level to which the Reactor Vessel and Spent Fuel Pool will drain if no operator action is taken? Reactor Vessel Fuel Pool Will Drain to: Will Drain to: A. Cavity Weir Plates Bottom of the Transfer Canal B. Cavity Weir Plates Top of Fuel Storage Racks C. Vessel Flange Bottom of the Transfer Canal D. Vessel Flange Top of Fuel Storage Racks Answer: C Answer Explanation: ANSWER Vessel Flange; Bottom of the Transfer Canal: Correct because refuel bellows is connected to the reactor at the bottom of the reactor cavity. A leak in the bellows, without makeup will result in water level dropping to the top of the vessel flange. Additionally, as fuel shuffle is in progress, the fuel pool gates are removed, and water in the fuel pool will drain to the bottom of the transfer canal. AHDR is in service which takes a suction from the fuel pool skimmer surge tanks. When level drops below the top of the skimmer surge tanks weir overflow the skimmer surge tank level rapidly lowers causing RHR pump vortex with ultimately water return to the vessel lost. Vessel level drops only to the vessel flange level and Spent Fuel Pool level drops only to the top of the transfer canal. DISTRACTOR Cavity Weir Plates; Bottom of the Transfer Canal: Incorrect due to water will continue to drain below weir plates as noted above EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 28 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY IL T09-1 RO questions in sample plan order DISTRACTOR Cavity Weir Plates; Top of Fuel Storage Racks: Incorrect due to water will continue to drain below weir plates as noted above. Additionally, water will stop draining from the fuel pool at the bottom of the transfer canal, which is above the top of the fuel storage racks

            .DISTRACTOR         Vessel Flange; Top of Fuel Storage Racks: Incorrect due to Same as above I

Question 10 Info Question Type: Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test? No Authorized for practice? No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete: 3 Difficulty: 3.00 System ID: 8779 User-Defined ID: 8779 Cross Reference Number: LLOT0750.10 Topic: Refuel bellow leak impact on cavity and fuel pool level Num Field 1: 2.9 ~ Num Field 2: 3.2 *11 n A D J /I ... A-+ Text Field: 295023 AA2.02 JlJ..f.....tk' #C-~~ - ~tJU.1J* AliI. ""\.. """I Comments: o I General Data I Technical Reference with Revision Number: ON-120 S53.0.A I Revisio

• n#: I 2GP6.1 Justification for Non SRO 55.41 (b) 7 CFR Link: I Cognitive Level H  !

Question History: (I.e. LGS NEW NRC-05, OYS CERT-04) Question Source: (i.e. New, NEW Bank, Modified) i i Low KA Justification (if N/A required): Revision History: Revision NEW History: (i.e. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS review) ILT Supplied Ref (if N/A appropriate): (i.e. ABN-##) EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 29 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 11 10: 8790 Points: 1.00 Unit 2 plant conditions are as follows: Fuel Pool clean out is in progress using a portable vacuum Refuel Floor ~econdary Containment integrity is established Unit 1 Refuel Floor HVAC is in service The vacuum cleaner filter breaks open during movement, resulting in a Refuel Floor high airborne contamination condition and 3.0 mRlhr on all Unit 1 Refuel Floor Exhaust rad monitors WHICH ONE of the following monitoring points is expected to show a valid measure of the offsite release five (5) minutes later? A. Unit 2 Refuel Floor Exhaust rad monitors B. Unit 1 Refuel Floor Exhaust rad monitors C. North Stack Wide Range Accident monitor D. Unit 2 South Stack monitor Answer: C Answer Explanation: ANSWER - - -N-o-rt-h-S-t-ac-k-W-id-e"-R-a-ng-e-A-c-c-id-e-n-t-m-o--n-j-to-r-:-C-o-r-re-c-t---' because Refueling Area ventilation exhaust isolates at 2.0 mr/hr and if aligned SBGT will initiate and align to the Refuel Floor. SBGT exhausts at the North Stack and therefore. the North Stack Wide Range Accident Monitor will measure the offsite release Unit 2 Refuel Floor Exhaust rad monitors: Incorrect due to Refuel Floor isolation logic isolation of both Unit 1 and Unit 2 Ventilation flowpaths on a valid isolation Signal from either unit exhaust radiation monitors OISTRACTOR Unit 1 Refuel Floor Exhaust rad monitors: Incorrect due to Refuel Floor isolation logic isolation of both Unit 1 and Unit 2 Ventilation flowpaths on a valid isolation signal from either unit exhaust radiation monitors DlS"rRACTOR Unit 2 South Stack monitor: Incorrect due to Refuel Floor isolation logic isolation of both Unit 1 and Unit 2 Ventilation flowpaths on a valid isolation signal from either unit exhaust radiation monitors. Flow to the South Stack is isolated EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 31 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Question 11 Info Question Type: Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test? No Authorized for practice? No

            *Points:                      1.00 Time to Complete:          3 Difficulty:                3.00 System 10:                 8790 User-Defined 10:           8790 Cross Reference Number:    LGSOPS0026.04 Identify the location of measured offsite release point             I Topic:

following 3.0 mr/hr on Refuel Floor I

            *Num Field 1:                2.8
            ! Num Field 2:               3.9 Text Field:                295038 EA1.04 Comments:

General Data Technical Reference with P&ID M-76 Revisio Revision Number: ARC 003 RAD n#: E-1, C-5 ARC 004 VENT E-3 Cognitive Level H Justification for Non SRO 55.41 (b) 7

• CFR Link:

Question History: (Le. LGS NRC-05, OYS CERT-04) Question Source: (Le. New, Bank Bank, Modified) Low KA Justification (if N/A required): Revision History: Revision N/A History: (Le. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS review) ILT Supplied Ref (If none appropriate): (Le. ABN-##)

• Excluded

Reference:

(Le. Ensure ON-## not provided) LORT PRA: (Le. Yes or No or #) N LORT Question Section:

                                         * (i.e, A-Systems or B-I Procedures)

A

                                                                                           -X;..    /Qw 1\ ~     A r  \l~'

I ~ I 1 )ilJ)P'It*; \(, \ I

                                                                               .~"V~~£,"A                  .~ ~

KJA 295038 EA1.04 RO 2.8 SRO 3.2 c.. J~ ~~ v'I\~~ \r' rf'.. EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 32 of 195 ~~~gust 010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 12 10: 8796 Points: 1.00 Plant conditions are as follows:

           - LOCA is in progress
           - The steam leak causes the Drywell and Suppression Pool temperature and pressure to increase The CRS verifies drywell temperature and pressure are on the SAFE side of the DRYWELL SPRAY INITIATION LIMIT curve, per T-102, PRIMARY CONTAINMENT CONTROL, and directs the PRO to Spray the Drywell WHICH ONE of the following identifies the purpose of verifying the Drywell parameters prior to spraying the Drywell?

A. Prevent Containment damage due to excessive pressure drop upon spray initiation B. Ensure sufficient DP between Drywell and Suppression Pool for adequate condensation C. Ensure temperature is low enough to prevent Suppression Chamber "chugging" when sprays are initiated D. Prevent covering Suppression Chamber to Drywell Vacuum Breakers and hindering their operation Answer: A Answer Explanation:

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-'1 RO questions in sample plan order ANSWER Prevent Containment damage due to excessive pressure drop upon spray initiation: Correct because T-102 Bases section DW/T-8 is a continue re-checking step and indicates that Drywell sprays should be initiated prior to temperature reaching 340 degrees if on the safet side of Curve DW/T-3 and Suppression Pool level is below 38.7 feet. Drywell spray operation effects a drywell pressure and temperature reduction through the combined effects of evaporative cooling and convective cooling. Evaporative cooling refers to spray droplet heat and mass transfer which occurs when water is sprayed into a superheated atmosphere. This process results in an immediate, rapid and large reduction in drywell pressure at a rate much faster than can be compensated for by the primary containment vacuum relief system. Unrestricted I

                                                                                           ~

operation of drywell sprays could thus result in a negative drywell-to-suppression pool differential pressure large I~ enough to cause a loss of primary containment integrity. Considering the pressure drop concerns described above, the Drywell Spray Initiation Limit (DSIL) Curve is defined to be the highest drywell temperature at which initiation of drywell sprays will not result in an evaporative cooling pressure drop to below either:

• The drywell-below-suppression pool differential pressure capability, or
• The high drywell pressure scram setpoint.

DISTRACTOR Ensure sufficient DP between Drywell and Suppression Pool for adequate condensation: Incorrect due to opposite of actual concern for evaporative cooling DISTRACTOR Ensure temperature is low enough to prevent Suppression Chamber "chugging" when sprays are initiated: Incorrect due to expected equilization of Drywell Pressure with Suppression Pool as Vacuum Breakers actuate on Drywell Spray initiation DISTRACTOR Prevent covering Suppression Chamber to Drywell Vacuum Breakers and hindering their operation: Incorrect due to initiation limit of 38,7 feet to prevent covering the vacuum breakers and inhibiting equilization on Evaporative cooling I EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 35 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09--1 RO questions in sample plan order Question 12 Info Question Type: Multiple Choice Status: Active

            *Always select on test?      No Authorized for practice?    No Points:                     1.00 Time to Complete:           3 Difficulty:                 3.00 System ID:                  8796 User-Defined ID:            8796 r-::--'

Cross Reference Number: LIMERICK LOT 3696 identifies the purpose of ensuring parameters are on the Topic: SAFE side of the DRYWELL SPRAY INITIATION Num Field 1: R03.8 /J "

                                                                                                           .l,,, 1 Num Field 2:                SRO 3.9                       -.. \ J IlA'vi        r ~V_

Text Field: 295028 EA1.01 I~I\ ,yl.V r I ~~~ rQ/" Comments: V V f"'lVV"" J.--;-"\ f I\. r ")\ General Data V~ I Technical Reference with T-102 Bases Revisio Revision Number: n #: I Cognitive Level L Justification for Non SRO 55.41 (b) 7 CFR Link: Question History: (i.e. LGS Bank NRC-05, OYS CERT-04) I Question Source: (I.e. New, Bank I Bank, Modified) i Low KA Justification (if N/A i required): Revision History: Revision Bank History: (i.e. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS review) i ILT Supplied Ref (If none appropriate): (i.e. ABN-##) Excluded

Reference:

(I.e. none  !

                                         . Ensure ON-## not provided)                                              !

LORT PRA: (I.e. Yes or No or #) LORT Question Section: (I.e, A-Systems or B-Procedures)

Reference:

T-102 EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 36 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 13 10: 8776 Points: 1.00 Unit 2 plant conditions are as follows:

              - OPCON 3
              - Reactor water temperature is 275 deg.F and steady "2A" RHR loop is in Shutdown Cooling
              - HIC-51-203A ("A" RHR HX Outlet Bypass) is 30% open
              - Drywell temperature is 126 deg.F HIC-51-203A fails closed.

WHICH ONE of the following describes the effect on actual reactor water temperature and temperature indicated at TE-51-2N004A ("An RHR HX Inlet Temp) ten (10) minutes later? Actual Reactor Water Temperature TE-51-2N004A Indication A. rises rises B. rises lowers C. lowers rises D. lowers lowers Answer: B Answer Explanation: ANSWER rises; lowers: Correct because Actual reactor water temperature will rise due to loss of cooling. TE-51 2N004A indicated temperature will lower due to inadequate flow and ambient cooling in that section of piping. As the heat exchanger outlet valve bypass closes, more water bypasses the heat exchanger and therefore reactor water temperature will increase. With flow through, the heat exchanger isolated temperature in the heat exchanger piping will tend to decrease. OISTRACTOR rises; rises: Incorrect due to actual reactor water temperature will rise due to loss of cooHng. TE-51 2N004A indicated temperature will lower due to inadequate flow and ambient cooling. OISTRACTOR lowers; rises: Incorrect due to actual reactor water temperature will rise due to loss of cooling. TE-51 2N004A indicated temperature will lower due to inadequate flow and ambient cooling EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 37 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order DISTRACTOR lowers; lowers: Incorrect due to actual reactor water temperature will rise due to loss of cooling. TE-51 2N004A indicated temperature will lower due to inadequate flow and ambient cooling Question 13 Info Question Type: Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test? No Authorized for practice? No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete: 3 Difficulty: 3.00 System 10: 8776 User-Defined 10: 8776 Cross Reference Number: LLOT2006.1 Topic: ON-121, Loss of Shutdown temperature indication Num Field 1: 3.6 Num Field 2: 3.6 () J f/ Text Field: 295021 AA2.04 -~UI )1.1> r~ cvCJt., fy-Comments: V t '/.1 J /)'1'\ J;,;) (f\J,:/Iv'" ~ '1'- ... General Data Technical Reference with ON-121, ST-6-107-640-2 je/~ Revision Number: I Cognitive Level H PRA: (i.e. Yes or No or #) Y 10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO) N/A Question History: (i.e. LGS ILT Cert Exam 2005 NRC-05, OYS CERT-04) Question Source: (I.e. New, Bank Bank, Modified) Revision History: Revision N/A History: (I.e. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS review) ILT Supplied Ref (If NONE appropriate): (I.e. ABN-##) Excluded

Reference:

(I.e. ON-121, Loss of Ensure ON-## not provided) Shutdown cooling Low KA Justification (if N/A) required): EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 38 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY IL T09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Question 13 Table~ltem Links NRC EXAM - 10 CFR 55 Operators' Licenses CFR: 41.10 Administrative, normal, abnormal, and emergency operating procedures for the facility. 10 CFR 55.41 RO WRITTEN EXAMINATION 10 CFR 55.43 SRO WRITTEN EXAMINATION CFR: 43.5 Assessment of facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during normal, abnormal. and emergency situations. CFR: 45.13 Demonstrate the applicant's ability to function within the control room team as appropriate to the assigned position, in such a way that the facility licensee's procedures are adhered to and that the limitations in its license and amendments are not violated. General Question Data Continuing Higher Initial Limerick RO SRO EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 39 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 14 10: 8792 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows:

              - OPCON 1
              - "J,A:.Ell::IR in Suppression Pool Cooling with "OAn RHRSW pump
              - "1~ Pump is in service                            --,

DIV 3 DC bus is de-energized due to ground fault 5 minutes later a LOCA occurs results in reactor level n\A/.e>r.r.rl to -130", 30 seconds following the LOCA signal, DIV 2 DC bus is deenergized r-- WHICH ONE of the following identifies pumps that will be running 1 minute following the LOCA signal WITHOUT operator action? A. "1A" CRD and "1C" RHR S. "OAn RHRSW and "iC" RHR C. "iA" RHR" and "iA" CRD and is RHR D. "iA" RHR and "OA" RHRSW and "1 S" RHR Answer: C Answer Explanation: ANSWER "1A" RHR" and "1A" CRD and "1B" RHR: Correct because:

                                    *   "1 A" RHR is unaffected by the loss of Div 3 or Div 2 DC

• Loss of Div 3 DC will result in 1A CRD continuing to operate during the LOCA (will not load shed)

                                    *   "1 S" RHR will have already started following the LOCA prior to the loss of Div 2 DC OISTRACTOR          "iA" CRO and "1C" RHR: Incorrect due to:

• Partially Correct: Loss of Div III DC will result in iA CRD continuing to operate during the LOCA (will not load shed)
• Incorrect: "1 C RHR" will not start on the LOCA due to loss of DIV 3 DC EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 40 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order DISTRACTOR "1A" RHR and "OA" RHRSW and "18" RHR: Incorrect due to:

• Partially Correct:"1A" RHR is unaffected by the loss of Div 3 or Div 2 DC
• Incorrect: "OA" RHRSW will trip on the LOCA signal, and will not start without operator action
• Partially Correct:" 1B" RHR will have already started following the LOCA prior to the loss of Div 2 DC.

I DISTRACTOR *OA" RHRSW and "1 C" RHR: Incorrect due to:

• Incorrect: "OA" RHRSW will trip on the LOCA signal, and will not start without operator action
• Incorrect: "1 C RHR" will not start on the LOCa due L_..~__ to_I_O_S_S_O_f_D_IV_3_D_C_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ~.~

Question 14 Info Question Ty~ _ _ _-+-:-M_ultiple Choice Status: Active Alw9YS select on test? No

            %thorized for practice?:........._+.N'-'-'-o_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _--1 Points:                              1.00 Time to Complete: _ _-+-"-6_ _ _ _ _ _ _._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _._ _--1
            . Difficul~                            4.00 I~--~~-==--=-=-======~=========================================i System ID:                           8792
            . User-Defined ID:        ___ t-=8=-::7-=9:=:2=-::-=-=-:-::---:o_:__-...- - - - - - - - - - - - - - l
             -Cross
                 . Reference Number: LLOT0690.03, 04 Topic:                               Division 3 DC bus de-energized due "1 A" CRD Pump is in 1-:-:-_~-:-:-_:____----t-=s::..:e::-rvice; No ECCS

• Num Field 1: 3.2 Num Field 2: 3.3 n j 11 /\ 111 () J r ~~

             ~. Field:                             295004 AA2.04 \~(,I.f"'\,;.'t I7ll.rw~lJ.           V'1.4. \ r-;( O\.f ....

Comments:  :. ,;;};,: I General Data CIf ~.cH.f.lW\.vl,'" 1""v-~ Technical Reference with I E-1 FC n! Revision Number: . S92.1.A >>!-1!~ I-- S92.1.o Cognitive Level H JUstification for Non SRO i 55.41 (b) 10 CFR Link: Question History: (Le. LGS NEW

                                                   ~~05, OYS CERT-O:..:.4.L.)- - - - - - - - - - - 1 Question Source: (Le. New,                 NEW

• Bank, Modified)

                                                   'Low KA Justification (if                    N/A required):

Revision History: Revision NEW History: (Le. Modified distractor "b" to make

                                                   . plausible based on OTPS                  L '
                                                 ! ~f)W--,-)- - - - - - - - I L T                       ----         ------;1 EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST                               Page: 41 of 195                                           20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Supplied Ref (If NONE appropriate): (Le. ABN-##) Excluded

Reference:

(i.e. E-1FC Ensure ON-## not provided) S92.1.A S92.1.D LORT PRA:JLe. Yes or No or #) Y LORT Question Section: (Le, A-Systems or B-Procedures) i EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 42 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 15 10: 8783 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 is operating at 85% power when a Digital Feedwater Control System malfunction causes a rise in reactor level with the following:

               - The reactor scrams at +50" /                       /
               - Reactor level continues to rise to +120" Reactor pressure is 1070 psig and rising , /
               - The Main Steam Isolation Valves (MSIV's) are manually closed /

The CRS directs RPV pressure control using SRV's per OT-110, REACTOR HIGH LEVEL WHICH ONE of ~identifies how reactor pressure will be controlled? A. f'1. peration rotating among ALL SRV's ~,.-'~--...... B. Allow SRV's to cycle automatically on pressure C. O'I:l'Tfron.-~ration of a single SRV repeatedly D. ....."""'"~JJilifPeration rotating among the ADS SRV's

                                                                           ~Y~~
                                                               /f~5 Answer:
                                                      ~'). I1~P                '1 r~r ~~/}Jo{~ ,

EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 43 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order ANSWER Prolonged operation of a single SRV, repeatedly: Correct because in OT-110 for the situation where Main Steam lines are flooded there are three scenarios. The first case is addressed with RPV pressure below 700 psig, the Operator is directed to maintain RPV pressure below 700 psig utilizing B, C or J SRV. It is desirable to manually open an SRV at a lower RPV pressure (Le., earlier in the event), rather than later (at a higher RPV pressure). The SRV discharge loads will be greater at higher RPV pressure. In this situation, manually opening either the B, C, or J SRV is desirable. These are the only SRVs in each unit with straight runs of discharge piping (no elbows) in the Suppression Pool (from Drywell slab down to the quencher). This will even further minimize the potential for a line break in the Suppression Pool airspace. The second case (step 3.15) addresses the ) situation where RPV pressure reaches 1096 psig with. multiple automatic SRV operation expected on further. RPV pressure rise. The Operator is directed to manually.

                                                                                           ~ f-open B, C or J SRV to reduce and maintain RPV               ~.

pressure below 700 psig. This action is prescribed to lim f~ SRV discharge in the shaded region of ATTACHMENT 11 "{ to a single SRV, thus minimizing the adverse affects on , the plant (Le. limit any possible damage to a single SRV! and tailpipe). SRV operation, with the Main Steam lines flooded, should be limited to a single SRV (B, C or J) if possible/practical. This action will limit any possible adverse consequence, due to higher than normal loads, to a single SRV. The decision to use multiple SRVs may be required due to other considerations such as local Suppression Pool temperatures and individual SRV performance. The final case is the situation where RPV pressure is above 700 psig and the Operator is able to lower RPV level to below the Main Steam lines prior to reaching 1096 psig. DISTRACTOR I Allow operation rotating among ALL SRV's: Incorrect i

• due to contradiction with above statement DISTRACTOR Allow SRV's to cycle automatically on pressure:

Incorrect due to contradiction with above statement DISTRACTOR Prolonged operation rotating among the ADS SRV's: Incorrect due to contradiction with above statement I EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 44 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Question 15 Info Question Type: Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test? No Authorized for practice? No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete: 3 Difficulty: 3.00 System ID: 8783 User-Defined ID: 8783 Cross Reference Number: LLOT1540.04 Unit 1 is operating at 85% power when a Digital Feedwater Topic: Control System malfunction causes a rise Num Field 1: 3.7 Num Field 2: 3.8 "'I n " I) fJ s.- r L-k Text Field: 295025 EA2.06 \JAt\1\" ~Lf--. V11lA'l../ ty~t-\ ~ ~ ~) Comments: ~ I J ;v\,fu~ ~ . CU" Technical Reference with General D9(y OT-110

                                                                                  ' V( \

Y

                                                                                            .-.iI./ f AA4f Revisic{  ,~

Revision Number: n #: Cognitive Level L ~. Justification for Non SRO 55.41 (b) 10 CFR Link: Question History: (I.e. LGS Bank NRC-05, OYS CERT-04) Question Source: (I.e. New, Bank Bank, Modified) Low KA Justification (if N/A required): Revision History: Revision Bank History: (I.e. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS _.review) ILT Supplied Ref (If None appropriate): (I.e. ABN-##)

• Excluded

Reference:

(I.e. OT-110 Ensure ON-## not provided) LORT PRA: (i.e. Yes or No or #) Y LORT Question Sedion: B (i.e, A-Systems or B-Procedures) EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 45 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 16 10: 8797 Points: 1.00 A Drywell leak has caused the following plant conditions:

            - Reactor pressure is 900 psig                     /
            - Reactor level is -65" and slowly increasing (1/

Suppression Pool temperature is 130 deg F*

            - Suppression Pool level is 17.9' and steady /
            - HPCI and RCIC automatically started and aligned to the reactor /
            - 80th "A" and "B" loops of Suppression Pool cooling are in service ,/

WHICH ONE of the following procedures are required for the given plant conditions? A. S49.2.A, RCIC Shutdown From Automatic or Manual Initiation B. S55.2.A, HPCI Shutdown from Automatic or Manual initiation C. S51.8.A. Suppression Pool Cooling operation and level control D. S51.8.K. RHR Full flow test and Suppression Pool level control

                                                                           .,..:;:> ./'

Answer: 8 Answer Explanation: ANSWER S55.2.A, HPCI Shutdown from Automatic or Manual initiation: Correct because T-102. Primary Containment Control. requires HPCI to be secured if Suppression Pool level cannot be maintained above 18 f1. When it is determined that SP level will not be able to be maintained above the elevation of the HPCI turbine discharge (18 ft). HPCI is required to be taken out-of-service. Operation of HPCI system with its exhaust disscharge device not submerged will directly pressurize the suppression pool. HPCI system operation is therefore secured as required to preclude the occurance off this condition. The consequences of not doing so may extend to failure of the primary containment from overpressurization. and thus HPCI system must be secured regardless of adequate

                                . core coo rIng concerns.

i OISTRACTOR S49.2.A, RCIC Shutdown From Automatic or Manual Initiation: Incorrect due to T-102. Primary Containment Control. doe not require RCIC to be secured if Suppression Pool level cannot be maintained above 18 ft i DlSTRACTOR S51.8.A, Suppression Pool Cooling operation and level control: Incorrect due to the purpose of this procedure is for startup/shutdown SP cooling mode of RHR and to provide a method to lower SP level whereas SP level is <18' already EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 46 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order DISTRACTOR S51.8.K, RHR Full flow test and Suppression Pool level control: Incorrect due to the purpose of this procedure is to place RHR in full flow test and/or to provide a method to lower SP level whereas SP level is

                                                  <18' already Question 16 Info Question Type:                               Multiple Choice Status:                                      Active Always select on test?                       No
             ~~_th~o~r_iz~e~d_ro~r~p_rra~c~t~ic_e_?__+-N_o______________________________________~

Points: 1.00 Time to Complete: 3 Difficulty: 3.00

            'System 10:                                     8797 User-Defined 10:                             8797 Cross Reference Number:                      LLOT0340.03 f-:'T.,.=0..L.:. :Pi C-:: :-:-:-~__________+=Ex,-::e::....:c=:-=u:,-,te'--.Lplant procedures with Suppression Pool low level
            ~m Field 1:                                     RO 4.3                                                         /'"\
            ~ Field 2:                                      SRO 4.4                                      ,-... () n        IJ                  I         ,~

Text Field: 295030 B2.1.23 I. .,rk'lr "::> t" X' O/f<Z: (;/. 1, .1~IUJVV-Comments: 1&,...,1/. 71- ..r. /) I~ General Data I v - ) 'V ..... r "{ 0 Technical Reference with Revision Number: T-102, Primary Containment Control'

                                                                                                                                       ~t!~AA \

A  :< f

                                                                                                                                            '-., u 14- j/Vh .

Cognitive Level~H ~L'/J. ~. J PRA: (I.e. Yes or No or #) Y {TC1n:tG.fLj>L4 x.-~l~~ 10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO) 55.41 (b)14rr n V Question History: (I.e. LGS New NRC-05, OYS CERT-04) Question Source: (I.e. New, New

                                                            . Bank, Modified) ________-+__________________-l Revision History: Revision                        N/A History: (i.e. Modified distracter "b" to make plausible based on OTPS review)

ILT Supplied Ref (If NONE appropriate): (I.e. ABN-##) Excluded

Reference:

(I.e. T-102 bases Ensure ON-## not provided) Low KA Justification (if N/A required): KIA 295030 B2.1.23 RO 4.3 SRO 4.4 EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 47 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 17 10: 8787 Points: 1.00 Plant conditions are as follows:

  ~JlA Main control room has been evacuated tL- 0234.16 KV safeguard feeder breakers are open "1 ~

_"tC 023 Emergency Diesel Generator (EDG) is p~ring 023 safeguard bus

             -        Differential pressure across the 023 EDG heat exchanger indicates NO ESW flow WHICH ONE of the following describes controls available to initiate ESW flow to the 023 EDG?

A. OA ESW pump can be started from the Unit 2 Remote Shutdown Panel ONLY. B. DC ESW pump can be started from the Unit 1 Remote Shutdown Panel ONLY. C. OC ESW pump can be started from the Unit 2 Remote Shutdown Panel ONLY. D. OA ESW pump can be started from the Unit 1 Remote Shutdown Panel ONLY. Answer: 0 Answer Explanation: EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 48 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order ANSWER OA ESW pump can be started from the Unit 1 Remote Shutdown Panel ONLY: Correct because OA ESW pump controls are located on the Unit 1 Remote shutdown panel ONL V. There are no ESW pump controls located on the Unit 2 Remote Shutdown panel. The OA ESW pump is also the only ESW pump controllable from the remote Shutdown Panel. From SE-1, Remote Shutdown: 4.5.2 OBSERVE bus power available lights AND breaker indicating lights to determine that the following are energized:

                                    - 0*1 Safeguard Bus
                                    - 0*2 Safeguard Bus
                                    - D*3 Safeguard Bus 4.5.3   PERFORM the following for any running diesel generator:

1. VERIFY ESW is available by observing dP across OG heat exchangers (ESW supply PI-11-*07 A(B,C,D) indicates higher pressure than ESW return PI-11-*OBA(B,C,0).

2. PERFORM hourly checks per S92.9.N, Routine Inspection of Diesel Generators, until diesel is shutdown.

4.5.4 IF A ESW pump is not running, THEN PERFORM the following:

1. START OAP54B, "A ESW Pump" (PUMP A).

2. VERIFY OAP54B, PUMP A, running.

DISTRACTOR OA ESW pump can be started from the Unit 2 Remote Shutdown Panel ONLY: Incorrect due to contradiction with above information DISTRACTOR OC ESW pump can be started from the Unit 1 Remote Shutdown Panel ONLY: Incorrect due to contradiction with above information DISTRACTOR OC ESW pump can be started from the Unit 2 Remote Shutdown Panel ONLY: Incorrect due to contradiction with above information EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 49 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order I Question 17 Info Question Type: Militinip. Choi~e Status: I Active Always select on test? No Authorized for practice? No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete: 3 Difficulti': 3.00 System 10: 8787 I User-Defined 10: 8787 Cross Reference Number: LLOTQ735.Q? Topic: Control board actions with a partial loss of AC power Num Field 1: 3.6

            . Num Field 2:                3.6                r.

295003 B2.2.4 \Y..c .J.~,~r Ino 1\ (f)

                                                                                 ~t
                                                                                               ,I
                                                                                               ~'-<A-.~ ..

I I- A Text Field: Comments: 1 General Data-' v ' / I r .~

                                                                                                  -cJlX?--C Luf7AJ
                                                                                                                'i ~'/-.

IJ f-.l.1.

                                                                                           ...r/

Tec~~ical Reference with SE-1 ~iL (l;y/~ AI ReVIsion Number: , ,.J-", <' Cognitive Level L <..~vyv~ y

                                          ~Justification for Non SRO CFR Link:

55.41 (b) 6 tt ~,CJZ~ ~ Question History: (Le. LGS New l NRC-05. OYS CERT-04) Question Source: (Le. New, New I Bank. Modified] Low KA Justification (if N/A required): Revision History: Revision New History: (Le. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS review) ILT Supplied Ref (If None appropriate): (Le. ABN-##) Excluded

Reference:

(Le. SE-1 Ensure ON-## not provided) LORT r-PRA:Ji.e. Yes or No or #J Y LORT Question Section: N/A (Le, A-Systems or B-Procedures) I EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: so of 19S 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 18 10: 8793 Points: 1.00 Plant conditions are as follows: The MCR has become uninhabitable due to smoke while at 100% power Operators only had sufficient time to complete the Immediate Operator Actions required before exiting the MCR WHICH ONE of the following describes the status of RPV pressure control and RPV Injection while the operators are relocating to the RSP based on the above conditions? RPV Pressure Control RPV Injection A. Turbine bypass valves in automatic RCIC due to manual initiation B. Turbine bypass valves in automatic Control Rod Drive pumps C. SRVs only RCIC due to manual initiation D. SRVs only Control Rod Drive pumps Answer: D Answer Explanation: ANSWER SRVs only; Control Rod Drive pumps: Correct because of reference to SE-1 and FSSG-3020 Notes and Cautions. SE-1 Immediate Operator Actions include Manually SCRAM both unit Reactors, Placing Mode Switches in SHUTDOWN, Tripping the Main Turbines and Closing the MSIVs. Without an automatic initiation signal to HPCI and/or RCIC at -38 inches in RPV, the SRVs will be the only pressure control Per T -101, until control transfers to the RSPs. Although SE-1 section 4.1.2.2 has manual start of RCIC, this is not an Immediate Operator Action. The Feedwater pumps will be eliminated due to closing the MSIVs and the CRD pumps will be the only remaining source of High Pressure Injection maintaining level per T-101. DISTRACTOR Turbine bypass valves in automatic; RCIC due to manual initiation: Incorrect due to Turbine Bypass valves not available with MSIVs closed and RCIC not available due to not starting as an Immediate Operator Action. DISTRACTOR Turbine bypass valves in automatic; Control Rod Drive pumps: Incorrect due to Turbine Bypass Valves not available with MSIVs closed. (Partially Correct for CRD pumps) EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 51 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order [ DISTRACTOR SRVs only; RCIC due to manual initiation: Incorrect due to RCIC not manually started as an Immediate Operator Action. (Partially Correct for SRVs) Question 18 Info Question Type: Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test? No i Authorized for practice? No

            . Points:                     1.00 Time to Complete:           3                                                                       !

Difficulty: 3.00 i System 10: 18793 User-Defined 10: 8793 Cross Reference Number: LLOT1563.01, LLOT1563.02 Topic: FSSG provided; Determine actions for fire on 254 elev Num Field 1: R03.8 i Num Field 2: Text Field: SRO 4.5 600000 B2.4.8 ~0~ ~, JnL l\n Ie I'v(\iI.X.Jl~ f"(.! ~7{)P S Comments: rI U¥'"

                                                                                              <<:'j'uA- t             ~,

General Data i

                                                                                                                   ?~

Technical Reference with LLOT- Revisio!.1 Revision Number: 1565.04 n Ii~ r;r, v " Cognitive Level H .

                                                                                                                   ~

Justification for Non SRO N/A ~~,k CFR Link: Question History: (Le. LGS Bank / NRC-05, OYS CERT-04) Question Source: (i.e. New, Bank J (..

                                                                                                                    )J  fJ f¥,PJ Bank, Modified)

Low KA Justification (if N/A required): Revision History: Revision History: (Le. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS review)

                                          .                              ILT ..,-'           ....'~.~

Supplied Ref (If appropriate): (i.e. ABN-##) ( FSSG-3020 Fire Area) 020 guide *

                                                                               ..A Excluded 

Reference:

(Le. -..- ~

                                                                                                   /

Ensure ON-## notprovided) LORT PRA: (i.e. Yes or No or #) Y LORT Question Section: B (Le, A-Systems or B-i Procedures) I I EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 52 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 19 10: 8798 Points: 1.00

            -    Reactor power is 100%
            -   Generator output is 1150 MWE
            -   450 MVARs lagging
            -   Voltage regulator in 'AUTO"
            -   Terminal voltage is 21.5 KV Whitpain 5030 line has tripped *
                   ~---------------

WHICH ONE of the following actions is required? A. The Nuclear Duty Officer (NDO) has issued a "Max Emergency Generation Action" and requests LGS take action to ensure grid reliability per E-5, GRID EMERGENCY. Reduce generator reactive load. B. Verify Load Tap Changers are in "AUTO". C. Verify Stator Water Cooling temp. <82 deg C. D. Reduce generator field current to raise terminal voltage. Answer: B Answer Explanation: ANSWER VERIFY load tap changers are in "AUTO": Correct because per 32.3.A , VERIFY load tap changers for the offsite source transformers are in service in "AUTO" as verified by counter movement within the last 7 days per equipment operator rounds in Auto Tour the computer rounds program. This would move in response to the noted "Max Emergency Generation Action" in response to grid voltage. The "Generator Capability Curve" or the table in attachment 2, provides direction to maintain the generator/exciter in a safe condition while responding to MVAR needs requested by PSD (SysOps). The "Generator Capability Curve" table enhances the curve for clear direction on maximum MVAR values in relation to MWe where interpretation of the "Generator Capability Curve" may be difficult. Other plant heating problems may dictate being more restrictive on MVAR loading (i.e. service water to the generator hydrogen coolers, stator water cooling, Alterrex cooling). Performance of S32.3.A, Main Generator Inspection During Heavy Grid Load, and referencing the "Generator Capability Curve" will better define plant MEGAWATT and MEGAVAR output capability by monitoring all applicable data points. EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 54 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order DISTRACTOR Reduce reactive load: Incorrect due to personnel are expected to COMPLY with PSD request for VAR generation OR immediately NOTIFY the PSD of inability to provide the requested VARs. Due to low voltage grid concerns, maintaining LGS units on-line (producing MVARS) is essential because any load picked up by a startup source could cause grid voltage to drop further, thus increasing the probability of tripping the entire grid. Referencing WC-M-101 "Online Work Control Process" and WC-M-104 "Review and Screening for Production Risk", ensures procedure compliance and minimizes the risk of inadvertently tripping a risk significant system that may cause a reduction in electrical generation and reactor power, which will increase the risk of a loss of offsite power or station blackout. DISTRACTOR Reduce generator field current to raise generator voltage: Incorrect due to reducing generator field current will reduce generator loading which will tend to reduce generator output voltage and current, the opposite effect for grid instabilities due to low grid voltage concern. The PSD is the designated operating authority for the PECO transmission system. The PSD request may be to raise or lower WATTNAR production depending on grid conditions. VAR generation is important to the PSD in order to maintain grid stability. Therefore, the PSD may request that WATT production be lowered in order to raise VAR production. In this instance, the PSD will normally request a WATT reduction that can be performed by varying Recirc Pump flow only, followed by a request to reduce power further if necessary. DISTRACTOR Ensure stator cooling water temp <82 deg C: Incorrect due to these action are associated with Stator Water Cooling Runback, If a runback were in progress Personnel are directed to VERIFY the following as appropriate: Runback of EHC Stator current> 7,469 amps Load Set Loss of Stator Cooling is detected by any of the following: Inlet High Stator Water bulk outlet temperature (81°C) Bushing coolant flow <84 gpm.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Question 19 Info Question Type: Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test? No Authorized for practice? No Points: 1.00 I Time to Complete: 14 Difficulty: 4.00 rc .. System ID: 8798 User-Defined ID: 8798 i Cross Reference Number: LLQI15§6.Q2 Topic: Grid disturbance causing.."oltage and frequency_changes Num Field 1: R03.6 i Num Field 2: SRO 3.7 Text Field: 700000 AA1.01 Comments: General Data Technical Reference with E-5, Grid Emergency Revision Number: S32.3.A, Main Generator Inspection During Heavy I Grid Load. Cognitive Level L PRA: (i.e. Yes or No or #) N 10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO) 55.41 (b) 10 Question History: (I.e. LGS New NRC-05, OYS CERT-04J Question Source: (I.e. New, New Bank, Modified) Revision History: Revision History: (I.e. Modified distracter "b" to make plausible based on OTPS i review) Supplied Ref (If ILy i (-"

                                                                          \ ~S32.3.A~

appropriate): (I.e. ABN-##) Excluded

Reference:

(I.e. N/A Ensure ON-## not provided) Low KA Justification (if N/A i required}: KIA 700000 AA1.01 RO 3.6 SRO 3.7 EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 56 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 20 10: 8821 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 Conditions are a follows: T=O

             - Reactor Water Level is -130", down slow
             - Drywell pressure is 1.70 psig, up slow
             - Reactor Pressure is 670 psig, down slow WHICH ONE of the following identifies when ADS will initiate, and the Reactor Pressure at which the designated ECCS pump will inject into the RPV?

ADS initiation ECCS Pump Injection Pressure A. 105 sec CS@455psig B. 105 sec RHR @ 250 psig C. 525 sec RH R @ 250 psig D. 525 sec CS@455psig Answer: B Answer Explanation: ANSWER 105 sec; RHR@ 250 psig: Correct because the stated plant conditions indicate LOCA with all available ECCS pumps started and completion of the ADS actuation logic seal-in for Divisions I and III to start the ADS timers. The logic timer for blowdown is 105 seconds per the ARC MCR-110-C4 Operator Actions. Of the choices given, the RHR pump design flow rate is established at about 250 psig with the Injection logic enabled with < 74 psid from pump discharge pressure to the RPV pressure. Although the Core Spray injection logic is enabled at 455 psig, there will not be any flow until RPV pressure is reduced below the discharge pressure of the CS pump at about 330 psig .

             . OISTRACTOR k 5 sec; CS @ 455psig: Incorrect due to RPV pressure I ~bove discharge pressure of CS pump.

DISTRACTOR 525 sec; RHR @ 250 psig: Incorrect due to wrong logic timer for ADS initiation. The 420 sec timer for LOCA outside of the Primary Containment is not required to be added to the 105 sec timer due to DW pressure condition stated> 1.68 psig. EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 57 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order DISTRACTOR 525 sec; CS @ 455 psig: Incorrect due to wrong timer I and too high an RPV pressure as stated above.

• Question 20 Info Question Type: Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test? No Authorized for practice? No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete: 3 Difficulty: 3.00 System ID: 8821 User-Defined ID: 8821 Cross Reference Number: LLOT0330.03 Topic: Reactor low level and effects as pressure drops Num Field 1: R03.8 /\

Num Field 2: SRO 3.9 () t. ~l () .I J

• fI l Text Field: 295031 EK2.02 ~ I-JiW ~\.Cl.tpI)~~ I<.J,v~V-l Comments:

General Data il r<.r t.:tl P ,.. ,.tY Or Technical Reference with ~ ~

                                                                                                    ~

ARC 110 C-4 Revision Number: ARC 113 F-3, E-3 Cognitive Level H PRA: (I.e. Ves or No or #) V 10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO) 55.41 (b) 7 Question History: (I.e. LGS New NRC-05, OVS CERT-04) Question Source: (I.e. New, New Bank, Modified) Revision History: Revision N/A History: (I.e. Modified distractor ub" to make plausible based on OTPS review) ILT Supplied Ref (If none

                             ~rQPriate): (I.e. ABN-##)

Excluded

Reference:

(I.e. if appropriate or NONE Ensure ON-## not provided) Low KA Justification (if required):

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 21 10: 8846 Points: 1.00 Unit 2 plant conditions are as follows: Reactor power is 100%. A high radiation condition occurs at the outside air intake to the Main Control Room (MCR) Ventilation System. Control Room Emergency Fresh Air Supply (CREFAS) is in normal alignment with "A" CREFAS in "AUTO". WHICH ONE of the following describes the CREFAS fan response and expected MCR ventilation alignment? C ,L .t~\X ~ CREFAS fans ~t alignment A. One fan starts Outside air and recirculated air B. Two fans start Outside air and recirculated air C. One fan starts Recirculated air ONLY D. Two fans start Recirculated air ONLY Answer: A Answer Explanation: ANSWER One fan starts, Outside air and recirculated air: Correct because In the event of radiation isolation, the CREFAS fan in AUTO (A or B) will start immediately. If a radiation isolation signal is generated by all four radiation detectors, then a complete isolation will occur, which results in the following: The main Control Room air is recirculated using the normal supply and return fans, while the CREFAS fan draws in some recirculation air as well as some outside air through the CREFAS filter, supplying the suction of the normal supply fan. Allowing some outside air into the CREFAS system ensures a positive pressure is maintained in the MCR which will protect MCR personnel from gaseous and particulate intrusion into the MCR. DISTRACTOR Two fans start, Outside air and recirculated air: Incorrect due to In the event of radiation isolation, the CREFAS fan in AUTO (A or 8) will start immediately. EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 59 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order DISTRACTOR One fan starts, Recirculated air ONLV: Incorrect due to In the event of radiation isolation, the CREFAS fan in AUTO (A or B) will start immediately DISTRACTOR Two fans start, Recirculated air ONLY, Limit radiation exposure of MCR staff: Incorrect due to In the event of radiation isolation, the CREFAS fan in AUTO (A or B) will start immediately. Question 21 Info Question Type: Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test? No Authorized for practice? No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete: 3 Difficulty: 3.00 System 10: 8846 User-Defined 10: 8846 Cross Reference Number: LGSOPS0078.IL4 Topic: RO QUESTION 59 Num Field 1: 3.9 " ~ Num Field 2: 4.2 I! '\ \ (l \ (;; I l/J n.-P n r. 11 I-::T::-=-ex-'-:t-=Fc:-'ie'='"'ld:--':=---------+-2-=-=9:::::5-:-03=-=3-=EK--.:-1:-c.O=-=2---II+~*

                                                                                                           -).+---',~hrr-r~t-J,f+*l;It/;-;!\o-Cf~-lvtl-'\*. . -\+~-"-N-t-:---+-~+-f.l~~-I'~ I * ;

Comments: 11 [':vI') JI.. " , . ~_ General Data V)V "or Technical Reference with LGS UFSAR, CHAPTER Revision Number: 09,9.4-6 REV. 14 Cognitive Level H PRA: (I.e. Yes or No or #) NO 10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO) 55.41 (b) 8 Question History: (i.e. LGS Bank, Modified NRC-05, OYS CERT-04) Question Source: (I.e. New, Bank, 560493 Bank, Modified) Revision History: Revision Bank, 560493. Modified History: (I.e. Modified answer and distractors to distractor "b" to make include reason for MCR plausible based on OTPS ventilation alignment to review) more closely align question with KIA. Edited question stem for clarity. Changed order of distractors. Changed correct answer from B to A. ILT Supplied Ref (If NONE I appropriate): (i.e. ABN-##) EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 60 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Excluded

Reference:

(i.e. NONE I i Ensure ON-## not provided) Low KA Justification (if N/A required): I EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 61 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 22 10: 8847 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows: Reactor power is 90% HPCI System Full Flow Functional Test in progress per S55.1.D The following Annuciators are received: 117 HPCI, C-1, HPCI Steam Line Hi Flow 002 VENT, F-5, Reac Enel St Fldg Dmpr Pnl10C234 Trouble 107 REACTOR, G-5, Div 2 Steam Leak Det Sys Hi Temp 107 REACTOR, 1-5, Div 4 Steam Leak Det Sys Hi Temp 004 VENT, A-3, B Reae Encl HVAC Pnl1 BC208 Trouble 006 FIRE, F-2-U, Reac 1 EI. 177 HPCI Pump Attempts to isolate HPCI Steam Supply valves HV-55-1 F002 and HV-55-1 F003 fail Security reports steam is visible above the Diesel Generators WHICH ONE of the following identifies the condition of HPCI Pump Room Ventilation and the status of secondary containment integrity? HPCI PUMP ROOM VENT. SEC. CONT.INTEGRITY A. Isolated Maintained B. Isolated NOT Maintained C. Lined up to RERS Maintained D. Lined up to RERS NOT Maintained Answer: B Answer Explanation: EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 62 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09~1 RO questions in sample plan order ANSWER Isolated; NOT Maintained: Correct because plant conditions statement and Annunciators indicate a HPCI steam line break that should have isolated HPCI. The Annunciator for Reac Encl St Fldg Dmpr Pnl actuation with Security report of steam visible above the Diesel Genertors indicates that the HPCt room floor panel has lifted to pressurize the safeguard piping room that relieves to the outside above the diesels. The ARC~MCR-002-F5 for Steam Flooding Damper Panel actuation directs entry into T-103 for Secondary Containment Control and directs communication to Health Physics to assess offsite dose consequences. The S76.0.A is also referenced for evaluting the Secondary Containment Steam Flooding Damper actuation. DISTRACTOR Isolated; Maintained: Incorrect due to indications of Secondary Containment Blowout Panel actuation following Steam Flooding Damper actuation to isolate the HPCI Pump Room. (Partially correct for HPCI Pump Room Vent isolation) _DISTRACTOR Lined up to RERS; Maintained: Incorrect due to Isolation from Secondary Containment with Steam Flooding Damper actuation and indication of release outside of Secondary Containment indicating that the

                                 , Containment Integrity is NOT Maintained.

DISTRACTOR Lined up to RERS; NOT Maintained: Incorrect due to reason stated above. (Partially correct for Secondary Containment Integrity NOT Maintained) Question 22 Info i Question Type: MultiQle Choice I Status: . . Active i Always select on test? No Authorized for practice? No

             , Points:                          1.00 Time to Complete:               4 Difficulty:                      3.00
             . System 10:                       8847 i User-Defined ID:                 8847 Cross Reference Number:          LLOT0190.lL6F
             ,Topic:                            RO QUESTION 60
             . Num Field 1:                     3.3 i Num Field 2:

i Text Field: Comments: II 3.7 295035 EK2.04

                                                                  /"'. j n J ...

General Data II' ~/n

                                                                  '::£c4'~ l1~'- !1"- 1../ (f ft1"        *,j.,h VIV\ v   v
                                                                                                           !fl.I .D fr, ~/~

v hll ~~ h

                                                                                                                   - I EXAM BANK COM PUTERTEST                           Page: 63 of 195 L~t~r    20 August 20100-

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Technical Reference with LGS UFSAR, CHAPTER Revision Number: 03,3.6-14, REV. 14 Cognitive Level H I PRA: (i.e. Yes or No or #) NO 10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO) 55.41 (b)7

                                    . Question History: (i.e. LGS     Bank, Modified I NRC-05, OYS CERT-04)

I! Question Source: (i.e. New, Bank, LIMERICK LOT I Bank, Modified) 0603 Revision History: Revision Bank, LIMERICK LOT History: (Le. Modified 0603. Modified answer distractor "b" to make and distractors to include plausible based on OTPS reason for blowout panel review) operation to more closely align question with KIA. Edited question stem for clarity. Changed order of distractors. Changed correct answer from D to B. ILT /' Supplied Ref (If NONE v appropriate): (Le. ABN-##) Excluded

Reference:

(Le. NONE Ensure ON-## not provided) Low KA Justification (if N/A I required): I EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 64 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 23 10: 5920 Points: 1.00 Unit 2 plant conditions are as follows: 100% power Both reactor recirculation pumps are running at 80% speed The "2B" Reactor Feedwater Pump trips, and RPV level lowers to +25 inches. WHICH ONE of the following describes the plant response, and the reason for this response? Recirc Pump Response Reason for Response A. Pumps Runback to 28% Speed Reduces power to restore level by reducing steam load B. Pumps Runback to 42% Speed Reduces power to restore level by reducing steam load C. Pumps run back to 28% Speed Reduces power to ensure adequate NPSH to Recirc Pumps D. Pumps runback to 42% Speed Reduces power to ensure adequate NPSH to Recirc Pumps Answer: B Answer Explanation: ANSWER Pumps Runback to 42% Speed; Reduces power to restore level by reducing steam load: Correct because S43.0.B NOTE block in section 4.2 Resetting High Limit Runback states the conditions for High Limit Runback as any reactor feed pump flow less than 18.8% and RPV water level less than 27.5 inches. These conditions are established in the plant conditions statement. The basis for the runback is antiCipation of inadequate feed pump injection to maintain adequate core cooling. The reason for the response is to reduce power by reducing recirculation flow which will reduce the steam demand to within capacity of remaining feedwater injection and to allow the mechanism of swell to restore RPV level to the I nominal conlrol band. EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 65 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order DISTRACTOR Pumps Runback to 28% Speed; Reduces power to restore level by reducing steam load: Incorrect due to conditions not met for Low Limit Runback per S43.0.B NOTE block in section 4.3. (Partially correct for Reason for the Response although the Recirc Pump Response is incorrect for plant conditions given) DISTRACTOR Pumps runback to 28% Speed; Reduces power to ensure adequate NPSH to Recirc Pumps: Incorrect due to stating Low Level Runback and wrong reason for the power reduction. Although ensuring adequate NPSH is correct for Low Level Runback, this is not correct for the conditions stated. I DISTRACTOR Pumps runback to 42% Speed; Reduces power to ensure adequate NPSH to Recirc Pumps: Incorrect due to wrong reason for the Runback response as stated above. (Partially correct for Recirc Pump Response to High Level Runback) I I Question 23 Info

             ~.

Question Type: Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test? No  ! Authorized for practice? No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete: 12 Difficulty: 3.00 C-c::. . System 10: 5920 User-Defined 10: 5920

Cross Reference Number: LLOT0040.04 100% power Both reactor recirculation pumps are running Topic:

at 80% speed The "2B" Reactor Feedwater Pu Num Field 1: Num Field 2: 3.2 3.3 , (.J-t (, ~S. {'J A I fJ 4 ..1 Text Field: 295009 AK3.01 l~'- '''IY x.,v-z,.c. fjNU!JlJ"'1( If

                                                                                          .~""
                                                                                               -nh 1?...rt ~ I.r Comments:                                                             /I 17 Technical Reference with Revision Number:

General Data

                                                                                                .I     Revisio n#:

Cognitive Level L Justification for Non SRO 10CFR55.41 (b) 5 CFR Link: Question History: (i.e. LGS ILT NRC Exam 2005 NRC-05, OYS CERT-04) Question Source: (Le. New, ILT NRC Exam 2005 Bank, Modified) Low KA Justification (if N/A required): EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 66 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order

                                      .1   Revision History: Revision
                                        . History: (Le. Modified
                                        ! distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS II revi~wl ILT Supplied Ref (If                None appropriate): (i.e. ABN-##)

Excluded

Reference:

(i.e. None Ensure ON-## notprovided) I Question 23 Table-Item Links General Question Data Limerick EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 67 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 24 10: 8848 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 was operating at 100% power when an earthquake resulted in the following conditions:

                   ~~s downscale ~ t~1l A:fllS
                  ~~~

RCIC in service for level control High containment radiation levels are indicative of fuel failure Unisolable RWCU SySt9~ lioe break ~ High Rad conditions ttl the RCIGpllmp-r6bm and at the RWCU Regenerative Heat Exchanger .-. Reactortnclosure HVAC isolated and SGTS initiated The following annunciators have alarmed: 109 RAD, B-4, Reactor Encl Area Hi Radiation 003 RAD, C-1, Radwaste Encl Exh Rad Mon Hi-Hi Iinop 003 RAD, A-1, Radwaste Equip Room Vent Exh Rad Mon Hi-Hi Iinop 127 OFF GAS 1, H-4, Reactor Enc Floor Drain Sump Pump HI-HI Water Level T-103, Secondary Containment Control, is being executed to mitigate abnormally high secondary containment temperatures and radiation levels. ~ WHICH ONE of the following lists of a¢i9ns i correct to minimize offsite release from the Radwaste Enclosure HVAC System. V~ 03> A. Ensure Reactor Enclosu~Of Drain Sump Pumps Selector Switch is in

                      'NORMAL' to eliabl& ~Uf'l'lP PU~[J high ffldietion ~rip. 9nr Closely monitor North Stack Release Rate.

B. Ensure Reactor Enclosure Floor Drain Sump Pumps Selector Switch is in 'HI-HI RAD'~ defeat-Sum~ I2Ymp nigh radiatioFl trif>. ~':c I Closely monitor North Stack Release Rate. C. Ensure Reactor Enclosure Floor Drain Sump Pumps Selector Switch is in

                      'NORMALt'&-enabJ9 e~f'l'Ip Pump bigR ftleiiatioFl tnI'. ~r Transfer Reactor Enclosure Floor Drain Sump to Suppression Pool.

D. Ensure Reactor Enclosure Floor Drain Sump Pu~ Selector Switch is in 'HI-HI RAD' .to..Qefeet SOIIl!? PUiIiP rllgiliadietiol"! t~ sf4( Transfer Reactor Enclosure Floor Drain Sump to Suppression Pool. Answer: D Answer Explanation: EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 68 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order ANSWER Ensure Reactor Enclosure Floor Drain Sump Pumps Selector Switch is in 'HI-HI RAD' to defeat Sump Pump high radiation trip. Transfer Reactor Enclosure Floor Drain Sump to Suppression Pool: Correct because plant conditions indicate Secondary Containment control per T-103 due to high Radiation conditions steam release. Step SCC/RAD-8 states to Consider pumping RE sump to Supp Pool per T-236. The purpose of this procedure is Transfer Reactor Enclosure Floor Drain Sump to Suppression Pool via Core Spray system to minimize offsite release from the radwaste Enclosure HVAC system. Procedure step 4.2 and preceding note directs Positioning the Rx Encl Floor Drain Sump Pumps Selector Switch to "HI-HI RAD" in order to accomplish this procedure. DISTRACTOR Ensure Reactor Enclosure Floor Drain Sump Pumps Selector Switch is in 'NORMAL' to enable Sump Pump high radiation trip. Closely monitor North Stack Release Rate: Incorrect due to improper operation of Floor Drain Sump Pumps Selector Switch to allow transfer to Suppression Pool per T-103. DISTRACTOR Ensure Reactor Enclosure Floor Drain Sump Pumps Selector Switch is in 'HI-HI RAD' to defeat Sump Pump high radiation trip. Closely monitor North Stack Release Rate: Incorrect due to lack of action to transfer Floor Drain Sump to Suppression Pool to minimize release. DISTRACTOR Ensure Reactor Enclosure Floor Drain Sump Pumps Selector Switch is in 'NORMAL' to enable Sump Pump high radiation trip. Transfer Reactor Enclosure Floor Drain Sump to Suppression Pool: Incorrect due to improper operation of Floor Drain Sump Pumps Selector Switch to allow transfer to Suppression Pool per T -103. This position will not allow transfer of Floor Drains to Suppression Pool per T-236 due to Post-LOCA Radiation Monitor Interlock trip. I EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 69 of 195-----* 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order [QUestion 24 Info Question Type: MultiQle Choice

            *Status:                      Active
            *Always
            ,.         select on test?    Yes I Authorized for practice?    No
            *Points:                      1.00
                                         ~
            *Time to Complete:

I Difficulty: System ID: 8848 User-Defined ID: 8848

            *Cross Reference Number:      LGSOPS1560.IL5, LGSOPS1561.1L 1 Topic:                     RO QUESTION 62 Num Field 1:               2.8 Num Field 2:

Text Field: 3.0 ( n ~ I f ' \' /l / ; f7::.... [) 295036 EA1.03 ;:;JPv'(oy~ ttL ,,'Y ,,'\...v IV~lP\, ~ ~ iz_

                                                                                                 .*,,) tJ'T> r~ 'DA Comments:

I it{14'.,"t)A l /11\, General Da ~

                                                                                            ...     ~'-- D t:I~

I Technical Reference with T- 03 basis Rev 'lrr; alM

• Revision Number: T-236, Rev 14

                                           ~i!ive       Level                 H PRA: {Le. Yes or No or #}        NO 10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO)         55.41 (b)7 Question History: (Le. LGS       NEW NRC-05, OYS CERT-04)

Question Source: (Le. New, NEW Bank, Modified}

• Revision History: Revision NEW History: (Le. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS review)

ILT

• Supplied Ref (If NONE appropriate): (i.e. ABN-##)

Excluded

Reference:

(Le. NONE Ensure ON-## not provided) Low KA Justification (if N/A required): EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 70 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 25 10: 8849 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows:

• Reactor shutdown
• Loss of Coolant Accident
• T -102 in progress
• Drywell Spray is required Drywell Spray suction source must be determined
• Drywell Pressure (Red Pen) indicates 18 PSIG on PR57-101
• Suppression Pool Pressure (Blue Pen) is 51 PSIG ON PR 57-101 CURVE PC.lP-1 PRI C:DNT PRESS LIMIT IDO 90 a BO a~.o p6r~

til

                              ...,~      10 GO paig UJ         DD 50
                              ...J
                                          ~(J CI..

30 a.. a.. 2Q

J Vl 10 0

Pi'll CDMT WATER LEVEL 1FT) CONTAINMENT LEVEL IN FEET _ _ _ PSIG SUPP POOL PRESS ON PR57-ilQI IBLUE PEN) MINUS H _ _ _ PSIG PRI CONT PRESS ON PR5i'-1I01 (RED PEN) EOUALS (=1 --::--::-_ t::. f'SIG TIMES (Xl --,=,2.=3_ FT/PSlG EIJUAlS (=J ---FT PLUS (+) 26.B FT EOUALS (=) - - - FT CONTAIN~lENT LEVEL TABLE PC/P-l SUPP POOL/DW SPRAY SUCT SOURCE CONDITION SUCT SOURCE On safe side of Curve PC/P-l

• Internal (Supp Pool) preferred
• External (RHRSW OR Fire Water)

On unsafe side of Curve PC/P-l Internal (Supp Pool) ONLY WHICH ONE of the following describes the Primary Containment Water Level and the appropriate Drywell Spray Suction Source? Primary Containment Level Drywell Spray Suction Source A. 102.7 feet Internal Preferred B. 102.7 feet Internal Only C. 75.9 feet Internal Preferred EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 71 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order D. 75.9 feet Internal Only Answer: A Answer Explanation: ANSWER = 102.7 feet, Internal Preferred: (51 - 18 33) 33 x 2.3 +

                                              =

26.8 102.7 feet Internal sources are preferred. DISTRACTOR 144.1 feet, Internal Only: 51 x 2.3 + 26.8 144.1; if Primary Containment Level were 144.1 feet, only internal sources would be used. DISTRACTOR = 75.9 feet, Internal Preferred: 33 x 2.3 75.9; if Primary Containment Level were 75.9 feet, only internal sources would be preferred. DISTRACTOR = 117.3 feet, Internal Only: 51 x 2.3 117.3; if Primary Containment Level were 117.3 feet, only internal sources would be used. Question 25 Info Question Type: Status: IMulti~le Choice Always select on test? Authorized for practice? No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete: 5 Difficulty: 3.00

            ~ID:                           8849 er-Defined 10:            8849 Cross Reference Number:      LGSOPS1560.IL4 Topic:                       RO QUESTION 63 Num Field 1:                 3.4
            ! N, 1m Field 2:               3.5 ield:                295029 EA2.03 Comments:

General Data Technical Reference with T-102 Rev 23 Revision Number: Cognitive Level H I PRA: (i.e. Yes or No ~ NO 10CFR 55.43 (NtA fo 55.41 (b) 10 Question History: (Le. LGS NEW NRC-OS, OYS CERT-04) Question Source: (Le. New, NEW Bank, Modified) Revision History: Revision NEW History: (i.e. Modified distractor "bn to make plausible based on OTPS review) ILT EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 72 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Supplied Ref (If T-102 Rev 23, Curve appropriate): (I.e. ABN-##) PC/P-1 T-102 Rev 23,Table PC/P-1 Excluded

Reference:

(I.e. NONE Ensure ON-## not provided) Low KA Justification (if N/A required): I EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 73 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 26 10: 8850 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows: Reactor startup in progress Reactor power is 19% 108 REACTOR, F-4, ROD DRIFT alarms One RED rod drift light illuminates for an edge rod on the Core Vertical Display 10C649. The rod drift reset button is depressed on 10C603 and the ROD DRIFT alarm is reset. 108 REACTOR, F-4, ROD DRIFT alarms a second time A RED rod drift light illuminates for a second edge rod on 10C649. When selected on the Rod Select Matrix, the Four Rod Display indicates both control rods are moving out at slower than normal speed. WHICH ONE of the following describes the required operator action? A. ISOLATE the effected Control Rod Drive Mechanisms from their HCUs. B. Apply a continuous control rod insert signals to both control rods until fully inserted. ' C. Direct single rod scrams by placing both "NORM-TEST-SRI" toggle switches at the HCUs to 'TEST" for BOTH CONTROL RODS. D. Manually SCRAM the reactor and place the Mode Switch in,"SHUTDOWN". Answer: D Answer Explanation: ANSWER Manually SCRAM the reactor and place the Mode Switch in "SHUTDOWN": Correct because indications are that both rods are drifting out above 10% power requiring manual reactor scram because multiple drifting rods could be indicative of a generic issue resulting in i inadvertentjJositive reactivity initiation. DISTRACTOR Apply a continuous control rod insert signals to both control rods until fully inserted: Incorrect due to while the basis for this action in ON-1 04 is correct; however, answer is incorrect because manual scram is required with multiple drifting rods. I EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 74 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order DISTRACTOR Direct single rod scrams by placing both "NORM TEST -SRI" toggle switches at the HCUs to "TEST" for BOTH CONTROL RODS: Incorrect due to While applying scram signals to the rods may free the CRD collet fingers, and the basis for this action in ON-104 is correct; however, answer is incorrect because manual scram is required with multiple drifting rods. DISTRACTOR ISOLATE the effected Control Rod Drive Mechanisms from their HCUs: Incorrect due to while isolation of the CROs from their HCUs will either terminate the drifting or verify that the drifting is being caused by stuck CRO collets, amd the basis for this action in ON-104 is correct; however, answer is incorrect because manual scram is required with multiple drifting rods.

            ~ ..

Question 26 Info Question Type: Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test? No Authorized for practice? No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete: 3 Difficulty: 3.00 System 10: 8850 User-Defined 10: 8850 Cross Reference Number: LGSOPS1550.IL 1 AND IL2 Topic: Inadvertent Reactivity Addition Num Field 1: 4.4 Num Field 2: 4.7 Text Field: 295014 2.1.7 Comments: General Data Technical Reference with ON-104, Bases, Rev 53a Revision Number: ~, Cognitive Level ( L ) PRA: (i.e. Yes or No or #) 'Ne1 10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO) ... 55.41 (b) 10 Question History: (i.e. LGS NEW'* NRC-05, OYS CERT-04) Question Source: (Le. New, NEW i Bank, Modified)

                                           . Revision History: Revision          NEW History: (i.e. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS review)

ILT Supplied Ref (If NONE appropriate): {i.e. ABN-##) EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 75 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order II Excluded

Reference:

(i.e. NONE i Ensure ON-## not provided) r Low KA Justification (if N/A i required): EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 76 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 27 10: 8851 I Steps OW IT-10 and OW IT-11 of the LGS TRIP procedure T -102 dire actions to rapidly shutdown the reactor when drywell temperature cannot be maintai d below 340°F . ( -----=--~~--~- WHICH ONE of the following describes the reason steps OWIT-10 and OWIT-11 direct rapid shutdown of the reacto!? A. R'ecretOr'ShotdOWn is required because drywell spray will be initiated. B. R~r ghl:ltQ9Wn is required because drywell temperature affects reactor level indication.

 !~c R~f si'lt:ltdewn is required to allow for normal depressurization, slowing the continued rise in drywell temperature. 8~

~ O. Reactor shutdown is required before1 P v'depressurization is initiated. Vessel depressurization reduces or terminates the continued rise in drywell ~ temperature. Answer: o Answer Explanation: ANSWER Reactor shutdown is required before RPV depressurization is initiated. Vessel depressurization reduces or terminates the continued rise in drywell temperature: Correct because T-102 Bases for Step OWIT-11 states that when drywell temperature cannot otherwise be maintained below 340 degrees (i.e" the maximum temperature at which ADS is qualified and drywell design temperature), further release of energy from the RPV to the drywell will be directed in the drywell temperature (OWIT) control flowpath to terminate, or reduce as much as possible, any continued rise in drywell temperature by rapidly depressurizing the RPV. This action should be taken, however, only after the reactor has been shutdown. This ensures that. if possible, the reactor is scrammed and shutdown by control rod insertion before RPV depressurization is initiated. _ ._------+--=:---------- OISTRACTOR Reactor shutdown is required because drywell spray will be initiated: Incorrect due to step OW1T-8 requirement for evaluating OWIT-3 and spraying the drywell if Supp Pool level is below 38.7 feet prior to OW temp reaching 340 degrees.

                   -"-'-'-'--       -----.---.---.-.--:c-~--------.-

OISTRACTOR Reactor shutdown is required because drywell temperature affects reactor level indication: Incorrect due to no link between T-102 expected level effects evaluated per T -291 and OWIT -1 RPV level validation curve and Shutdown requirement. EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 77 of 195 . 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order I DlSTRACTOR I Reactor shutdown is required to allow for normal depressurization, slowing the continued rise in I drywell temperature: Incorrect, Conditions require a I

            .

• Blowdown, as opposed to a normal depressurizatio~

              .....   "cm 27 Info Question Ty~                    Multiple Choice Status                          Active
            ~ays select on test?              No Authorized for practice?        No
            . Points:                         1*00
            ~to Complete:                     3 Difficult~::                    3.00 I

I System 10: 8851 I User-Defined 10: 8851

            ~oss Reference Number:            I.GSOPS1560.IL5 Topic:                          RO QUESTION 65 Num Field 1:                    3.1 Num Field 2                     3.2                                r U 1 -;..,. I. /)         /'       . I .c-tl lvv' Text Field:                     295012 AK1.02 ~ll\ J/ 1.V(jIl'll             I\JJt:tt-' (ft.A.If'L',.Jx Comments:                                                 V               ,      '}rt4-Yt)        '-~     1,,- "

General Data--- ~'v. 'Y j' r-:rechnical Reference with Revision

                                              !-=----

Number: i Cognitive Level T-102 basis, Rev 23 L C!A lJ!o

                                              ! PRA: (Le, Yes or No or #)         NO 10CFR 55,43 (N/A for RO)          55.41J22.i3 I'  Question History: (I.e. LGS       NEW

• NRC-05, OYS CERT-04)

I Question Source: (I.e. New, NEW I Bank, Modif~dL Revision History: Revision NEW History: (i.e. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS i reviewl ILT Supplied Ref (If appropriate}: {I.e. ABN-##} tJ }\tr Excluded

Reference:

(I.e. T-102 basis

                                                                                                                      )

I Ensure ON-## not provided)

                                            ! I Low KA Justification (if           N/A
                                                                                      "-"                             I required):       _              I                                     I EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST                          Page: 78ofi9S-                                     20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 28 10: 8803 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows:

              - 100% power
              - ANN 114 ISOL, Main Steam Line Hi Flow is recieved
              - "1 D" Main Steam Line (MSL), "A" and "D" Flow Transmiters Trip Upscale WHICH ONE of the following describes the expected status of MSIVs 30 seconds later?

A. All MSIVs remain OPEN B. ONLY "1 D" MSL Inboard and Outboard MS1Vs a~ isolated C. ALL Inboard MSIVs are isolated ALL Outboard MSIVs remain open D. ALL Inboard and Outboard MSIVs are isolated Answer: D Answer Explanation: ANSWER All Inboard and Outboard MSIVs are isolated: Correct because High Main Steam Line flow is detected by differential pressure transmitters (4/steamline) that will activate at 140% steam line flow (122.1 psid) and input to NSSSS. If any steam line A OR C AND B OR D channels occur concurrently THEN Group 1A isolation will occur. This will isolate ALL Inboard and Outboard steam line MSIVs. NOTE: this logic arangement is unique to MSIVs, other NSSSS logic arrangements consist of one logic system for all inboard isolation valves, one for all outboard isolation valves. i OISTRACTOR All MSIVs are open: Incorrect due to Group I isolation logic satisfied (8, or C) and (B or .Q) to complete the isolation for both Inboard and Outboard MSIVs I OISTRACTOR ONLY "10" MSL Inboard and Outboard MSIVs are

• isolated: Incorrect due to same isolation logic used to control isolation of all (4) steam lines. No logic failures il\!Y r-'

would cause isolation of a single MS1V. . OISTRACTOR ALL Inboard MSIVs are isolatedl ALL Outboard MSIVs remain open: Incorrect due to same transmitters used to control logic contacts in both the Inboard and Outboard logic trains. EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 79 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Question 28 Info Question Type: Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test? No Authorized for practice? No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete: 3 Difficulty: 3.00 System ID: 8803 User-Defined ID: 8803 Cross Reference Number: LLOT0180.6G Topic: NS4 MSL isolation Num Field 1: 3.8 Num Field 2: Text Field: 3.9 0 223002 K1.01 !\.Il"- ___,... f) f/~j/'c:)f __ dVI \" A 11 t'I..'- v V Comments: General Data Technical Reference with GP-8.1, Rev. Revision Number: ARC 114 D-2 Cognitive Level L PRA: (Le. Yes or No or #) NO 10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO) 55.41 (b) 3 Question History: (i.e. LGS NEW NRC-05, OYS CERT-04) Question Source: (i.e. New, NEW Bank, Modified) Revision History: Revision NEW History: (i.e. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS review) ILT Supplied Ref (If NONE appropriate): (I.e. ABN-##) Excluded

Reference:

(i.e. NONE Ensure ON-## not provided) Low KA Justification (if N/A required): EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 80 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 29 10: 8804 Points: 1.00 Unit 2 plant conditions are as follows: Reactor power is 100% The 0-24 Emergency Diesel Generator (EDG) Fuel Oil Transfer Pump is inoperable undergoing mechanical repair. All Unit 2 EDG Fuel Oil Day Tanks have been verified filled to capacity (~ 103.5 inches Day Tank level). A grid disturbance results in a complete loss of offsite power (LOOP) to both units. All four Unit 2 EDGs have automatically started. The 0-24 EOG has been loaded to 1850 KW and load is stable. WHICH ONE of the following describes the approximate time the 0-24 EDG can be operated WITHOUT additional operator action? A. UP t01 hour. B. UP to 7 days. C. MORE than 3 hours D. MORE than 7 days. Answer: C Answer Explanation: ANSWER MORE than 3 hours: Correct because the EOG fuel oil day tanks were verified as being filled to capacity prior to the LOOP, which provides enough fuel for a minimum of 3% hours of continuous EDG operation at full load with an inoperable Fuel Oil Transfer Pump. OISTRACTOR UP to1 hour: Incorrect due to the EDG day tank Tech. Spec. minimum level is 200 gallons, which provides enough fuel oil for one hour of continuous operation. The answer is incorrect because the EDG fuel oil day tanks were verified as being filled to capacity prior to the LOOP, providing enough fuel oil for 3% hours of continuous

• operation AT RATED LOAD.

EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 81 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY lLT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order DISTRACTOR UP to 7 days: Incorrect due to the EDG Fuel Oil Storage tanks provide enough fuel oil for 7 days of continuous operation AT RATED LOAD (2850 KW). The answer is incorrect because the D-24 EDG Fuel Oil Transfer Pump is unavailable, preventing the addition of fuel oil to the Day Tank from the Fuel Oil Storage tank. The answer is also incorrect because the D-24 EDG is being operated at less than rated load (1850 KW). DISTRACTOR MORE than 7 days: Incorrect due to the EDG Fuel Oil Storage tanks provide enough fuel oil for 7 days of continuous operation AT RATED LOAD (2850 KW). Because the D-24 EDG is being operated at less than rated load (1850 KW), the D-24 EDG could be operated for MORE than seven days if the EDG Fuel Oil Transfer Pump were available; however, the answer is incorrect because the D-24 EDG Fuel Oil Transfer Pump is unavailable. Question 29 Info Question Type: Mult[ple Choice I Status: Active Always select on test? No Authorized for practice? No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete: 3 i Difficulty: 3.00 System ID: 8804 User-Defined ID: 8804 Cross Reference Number: LGSOPS009292B.3A Topic: DG operation, fuel oil sL!PPly Num Field 1: 3.2 Num Field 2: 3.3 .~ / Text Field: 264000 K1.05 ~" [ ) ,.,., V(' .A. f \ / Comments: ~ "" ~~.V'-O-~ J V-Gerfural Data Technical Reference with P&ID M-20, sheet 9 Revision Number: Tech. Specs. 3.8.1.1

• LGS UFSAR Chapter 9, pages 9.5-28 and 9.5-32 Cognitive Level L PRA: (Le. Yes or No or #) NO 10CFR 55.43 (NJA for RO) 55.41 (b) 8

                                           ~Question History: (Le. LGS       NEW NRC-05, OYS CERT-04)

Question Source: (Le. New, NEW Bank, Modified) EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 82 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Revision History: Revision NEW History: (i.e. Modified I distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS

• review}

I ILT Supplied Ref (If NONE appropriate): (Le. ABN-##) i Excluded

Reference:

(i.e. NONE Ensure ON-## not provided) I Low KA Justification (if N/A required): EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 83 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 30 ID: 8802 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows: OPCON 3 RPV pressure is 40 psig D114 Safeguard Load Center has been removed from service for repair RPV level rapidly drops to -130 inches. WHICH ONE of the following describes the automatic response of the RHR LPCI INJECTION valves? A. HV-51-F017A, 178, 17C, and 17D will OPEN. B. HV-51-F0178, 17C, and 17D will OPEN. HV-51-F017A remains CLOSED. C. HV-51-F017A, 178, and 17D will OPEN. HV-51-F017C remains CLOSED. D. HV-51-F0178 and HV-51-F017D will OPEN. HV-51-F017A and HV-51-F017C remain CLOSED. Answer: 8 Answer Explanation: ANSWER HV-51-F017B, 17C, and 17D will OPEN. HV-51-F017A remains CLOSED: All four LPCI INJECTION valves receive a signal to open; however, HV-51-F017A will remain closed because it is powered from MCC D114-R-C, which is removed from service. DISTRACTOR HV-51-F017A, 17B, 17C, and 17D will OPEN: All four LPCI INJECTION valves receive a signal to open; however. answer is incorrect because HV-51-F017A is powered from MCC D114-R-C, which is removed from service; therefore, HV-51-FO 17A will remain closed. DISTRACTOR HV-51-F017A, 17B, and 17D will OPEN. HV-51-F017C remains CLOSED: HV-51-F017A is powered from MCC D114-R-C, which is removed from service; therefore, HV 51-F017A will remain closed. Also incorrect because H\I 51-F017C receives a signal to open and has poweV' r=~~~~~__+7av~a~il;a~b~le~tQJ~d5~p~e~n.~~~~~~~~~~~~~____~ DISTRACTOR HV.51-"F017B and HV-51-F017D will OPEN. HV-51 F017A and HV-51*F017C remain CLOSED: HV-51-F017A will remain closed because it is powered from MCC D114 R-C, which is removed from service; however, answer is incorrect because HV-51-F017C receives a signal to open

              '---_______-1-a'-n"-'-dD.as power available to open.

EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 84 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Question 30 Info Question Type: Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test? No Authorized for practice? No Points: 1.00

            . Time to Complete:            3 Difficulty:                  3.00 System ID:                   8802 User-Defined ID:             8802                                                                      I 1-='

Cross Reference Number: LGSOPS0051.IL 16A /1 iTOPiC: RO QUESTION 3 / / I Num Field 1: 2.5 ,~ ~ \ .f / / Num Field 2: 2.7 ~ ~\,~ t\~ - ",\JY '\"'Y' / Text Field: . -103000 K2.= ~ \" . t=t ....~I.,J \f&J'l 'f Comments: .. v.\,v General Data Technical Reference with LGS Electrical Drawings: Revision Number: E-28, E-58 sheet 1 and 4. General Electric Drawings: E11-1030 F001, F002 I Cognitive Level H I PRA: (i.e. Yes or No or #} NO J 10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO) 55.41 (b) 7 I

                                           . Question History: (i.e. LGS             NEW NRC-OS, OYS CERT-04)

Question Source: (i.e. New, NEW Bank, Modified) Revision History: Revision N/A History: (i.e. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS i review) ILT II Supplied Ref (If NONE

                                           ~=jate): (i.e. ABN-##)                                               ~-
                                              .. Excluded 

Reference:

(Le. NONE Ensure ON-## not provided) Low KA Justification (if N/A

                                           . reguired}:

EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 85 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 31 10: 8806 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows: RPV level lowers rapidly resulting in a LOCA signal. The D134 Load Center Breaker trips open. WHICH ONE of the following describes the expected status of the Instrument Air Compressors after shunt trips have been reset per SE-10-1, BREAKER RESETS FOLLOWING A LOCA? A. 1A and 1B Compressors running. B. 1A and 18 Compressors NOT running. C. 1A Compressor running. 1B Compressor NOT running D. 1A Compressor NOT running. 18 Compressor running. Answer: 0 Answer Explanation: ANSWER 1A Compressor NOT running. 1B Compressor running: The 1A and 1B Instrument Air Compressors are both SHUNT tripped on a LOCA signal. The 1A Instrument Air Compressor is powered from D134-R-H and will not restart. The LOCA SHUNT trips are reset not less than 10 minutes following the LOCA signal, restoring the 18 Instrument Air Compressor to service. OISTRACTOR 1A and 1 B Compressors running: The 1A and 1B Instrument Air Compressors are both SHUNT tripped on a LOCA signal. Normally, the LOCA SHUNT trips are reset not less than 10 minutes following the LOCA signal, restoring both Instrument Air Compressors to service; however, the answer is incorrect because the 1A Instrument Air Compressor is powered from D134-R-H and will not be running. OISTRACTOR 1A and 1 B Compressors NOT running: The 1A and 1B Instrument Air Compressors are both SHUNT tripped on a LOCA signal. The 1A Instrument Air Compressor is powered from D134-R-H and will not restart; however, the answer is incorrect because the LOCA SHUNT trips are reset not less than 10 minutes following the LOCA signal, restoring the 18 Instrument Air Compressor to service. OISTRACTOR 1A Compressor running. 1B Compressor NOT running: The 1A and 1B Instrument Air Compressors are both SHUNT tripped on a LOCA signal. The 1A Instrument Air Compressor is powered from D134-R-H and will not restart. The answer is also incorrect because the LOCA SHUNT trips are reset not less than 10 minutes following the LOCA signal, restoring the 18 Instrument Air Compressor to service. EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 86 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Question 31 Info lQuestion Type: Multiple Choice i Status: Active Always select on test? No Authorized for practice? No  ! Points: 1.00

            . Time to Complete:           2 Difficulty:                 4.00 System 10                   8806 User-Defined 10:            8806 Cross Reference Number:     LGSOPS0015.IL 16A Topic:                      RO QUESTION 4 Num Field 1:                2.8                                                        /
            . Num Field 2:                2.8                 I\: '" n*        1.1   N"'\     \   /

Text Field: 300000 K2.01 tt#Alt'~ 1'f\.W~1vIJ 1M vi

• IJ Comments: ~"U General Data Technical Reference with SE-10-1, Rev. 44, Page 1 Revision Number:

Cognitive Level H PRA: (I.e. Yes or No or #) NO 10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO) 55.41 (b) 7 Question History: (I.e. LGS NEW NRC-05, OYS CERT-04) Question Source: (I.e. New, NEW i Bank, Modified) Revision History: Revision NEW History: (i.e. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS i review) ILT Supplied Ref (If NONE i a~~ro~riatel: (I.e. ABN-##) I Excluded

Reference:

(i.e. NONE i Ensure 01\1-## notprovided) I i Low KA Justification (if N/A i reguired): EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 87 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 32 10: 8807 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as fsllows:

• OPCON4 tJo ~~ /UIA....--.
• RPV level is + 86 inches on Upset ~ange - ........ ,_. )
• Reactor pressure is 0 pSig.
• 1B RHR is in Shutdown.Cooling (SDC)

Reactor level drops to +57 inches on Upset Range. WHICH ONE of the following describes the affect on reactor pressure WITHOUT operator action? A. Reactor pressure will remain at 0 psig INDEFINITELY. B. Reactor pressure will begin rising IMMEDIATELY and continuously as reactor coolant temperature rises. C. Reactor pressure will begin rising IMMEDIATELY; however, pressure will stabilize as natural circulation develops. D. Reactor pressure will NOT immediately rise; however, pressure WILL eventually rise as reactor coolant temperature continues to rise .. Answer: D Answer Explanation: ANSWER Reactor pressure will NOT immediately rise; however, pressure WILL eventually rise as reactor coolant temperature continues to rise: The plant is in OPCON 4; therefore, bulk reactor coolant temperature is ~ 200°F. At 0 psig, reactor pressure will NOT rise immediately; however, when bulk reactor coolant temperature reaches 212°F, reactor pressure will begin to rise and will rise continuously without operator action to establish core circulation. OISTRACTOR Reactor pressure will remain at 0 psig INOEFINITELY: With the plant in OPCON 4, bulk reactor coolant temperature is ~ 200°F; therefore, rector pressure will remain at 0 psig until bulk reactor coolant temperature reaches 212°F; however, the answer is incorrect because reactor pressure WILL begin to rise once bulk reactor coolant temperature reaches 212°F. OISTRACTOR Reactor pressure will begin rising IMMEOIATELY and continuously as reactor coolant temperature rises: The plant is in OPCON 4; therefore, bulk reactor coolant temperature is ~ 20QoF. At 0 psig, reactor pressure Will not rise UNTIL bulk reactor coolant i temperature reaches 212°F. EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 88 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order DISTRACTOR Reactor pressure will begin rising IMMEDIATELY; however, pressure will stabilize as natural circulation develops: At 0 psig, reactor pressure will not begin to rise until bulk reactor coolant temperature reaches 212°F. Also incorrect because reactor level must be greater than 60" on Shutdown Range or greater than 78" on Upset Range to establish natural circulation. When reactor level is below those levels, the moisture separator drains are uncovered and the water inside the shroud is not coupled with the water outside the shroud L _ ~ ~ ~ ~ ______ ~ preventing natural circulation._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

                                                  ~   ~   ~   ~   ~   ~   ~   _   ~   ~   ~                                             ~

EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 89 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Question 32 Info Question Type: Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test? No Authorized for practice? No Points: 1.00 i Time to Com(JIEl~-=-_. 3

            ~ifficUlty:                    3.00
            ~stem 10:                      8807 User-Defined 10: .
            ~..                        -- 8807                                                                    I Cross Reference Number: LGSOPS0051.1L13A                                                             I TOJ>ic:                      RO QUESTION 5 Num Field 1:                 3.3                                     fI Num Field 2:                 3.3                       If! i    1\  1.                    11), 11'\

Text Field: 205000 K3.01 LQ"'I-'l"' ']S I V V J l-..... ~~~ ,U"'!v/.P I' Comments: 1 '/ General Data Technical Reference with GP-6.2, Rev. 42, Page 2 Revision Number: Technical. Specifications. Table 1.2, Operational Conditions LGSOPS0051 Rev001_2, pages 24 and 25 COllnitive Level H PRA: (Le. Yes or No or #) NO 10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO) 55.41 (b 5 Question History: (Le. LGS NEW [-NRC-05. OYS CERT-04) Question Source: (Le. New, NEW Bank, Modified) Revision History: Revision NEW History: (Le. Modified n distractor "b to make plausible based on OTPS reviewl ILT Supplied Ref (If  ! NONE appropriate): (i.e. ABN-##) Excluded

Reference:

(Le. NONE Ensure ON-## not provided) Low KA Justification (if N/A required): EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 90 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 33 10: 8808 Points: 1.00 Unit 2 plant conditions are as follows:

              - Two Loop Operation
              - Total Recirc Drive Flow is 54%
              - Total Core Flow is 45 Mlbm/hr Reactor Power (Process Computer) is 1660 MWth
              - Average APRIVI Reading is 51 %

WHICH ONE of the following represents the current APRM flow biased scram setpoint based on the conditions above? A. 90.8% B. 92.5% C. 96.5% D. 98.4% Answer: D Answer Explanation: ANSWER 98.4%: Correct because 0.66(54) + 62.8 = 98.4% DISTRACTOR 90.8%: Incorrect due to above calculation DISTRACTOR 92.5%: Incorrect due to above calculation OISTRACTOR 96.5%: Incorrect due to above calculation EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 91 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Question 33 Info Question Type: Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test? No Authorized for practice? No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete: 3 Difficulty: 3.00 I System ID: 8808 User-Defined ID: 8808 Cross Reference Number: LOT0275. 14, 15 Two Loop Operation - Total Recirc Drive Flow is 54%

            *Topic:

Total Core Flow is 45 Mlbm/hr - Reactor Pwr I Num Field 1: 3.7 ,,~~ ~ / / Num Field 2: 3.7 ~' " 1\ ** ~\'" ~ / Text Field: 215005 K4.07 WW \~ ~ f' .J\l1"" V Comments: Question Info '\ ':2/' Question Type: MultiQle Choice I Status: Inactive I Always select on I No I test? Authorized for No practice? Points: 1.00 Time to 0 Complete: Difficulty: 0.00 J System ID: 4660

                                        . User-Defined ID: LIMERICK LOT 6021 Cross Reference NEW Number:

Two Loop Operation - Total Recirc Topic: Drive Flow is 54% Total Core Flow is 45 Mlbm/hr - Reactor Powe Num Field 1: 0.00 Num Field 2: 0.00 Text Field: I Comments: General Data Technical TIS 3.3.1 Reference with Revision Number: Justification for 55.41 (b) 7 Non SRO CFR

                                                               ! Link:

Cognitive Level H Question History: Bank (i.e. LGS NRC 05, OYS CERT 04) EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 92 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order i Question Source Bank (Le. New, Bank, Modified) LowKA N/A Justification (if required): Revision History: Bank Revision History: (Le. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS I review) I LT Supplied Ref (If appropriate): (Le. ABN-##) Excluded

Reference:

(Le. Ensure ON-## Qot provided) L)RT I EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 93 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-i RO questions in sample plan order 34 10: 8809 Points: 1.00 Unit 2 plant conditions are as follows: OPCON 2 with a reactor startup in progress RPS NI shorting links are installed AlllRMs are on Range 4 SRM indications:

              "iA"   0.8 x  105 cps "1B"   2.5 x  105 cps "1C"   2.1 x  10 5 cps "10"   1.5 x  105 cps WHICH ONE of the following describes the plant response?

Rod Block Half scram Full scram A. yes yes yes B. yes yes no C. yes no no D. no no no Answer: C Answer Explanation: ANSWER Yes, no, no: An SRM upscale condition will cause a control rod withdraw block i channel is above 1 x 105 cps, and with the RPS NI shorting links installed, excee the RPS set paint of 2 x 105 cps will not cause a reactor scram or half-scram. If t RPS NI shorting links had been removed, anyone SRM channel exceeding the F set point of 2 x 105 cps would have resulted in a full scram. OISTRACTOR Yes, yes, yes: An SRM upscale condition will cause a control rod withdraw blocl channel is above 1 x 105 cps. In the case of the IRMs or APRMs, "C" and "B" ch, above their scram set paints would result in a full scram, but for the SRMs, excel the RPS set pOint of 2 x 105 cps will not cause a reactor SCRAM or a HALF-SCF with the RPS NI shorting links installed; therefore, the answer is incorrect. If the I NI shorting links had been removed, anyone SRM channel exceeding the RPS ~ i point of 2 x 105 cps would have resulted in a FULL scram. OISTRACTOR Yes, yes, no: An SRM upscale condition will cause a control rod withdraw block channel is above 1 x 105 cps. In the case of the IRMs or APRMs, either the "C" c channels above their scram set paints would result in HALF-SCRAM, but for the SRMs, because the RPS NI shorting links are installed, exceeding the RPS set ~ 2 x 105 cps will not result in a scram signal; therefore, the answer is incorrect. Ab the RPS NI shorting links had been removed, anyone SRM channel exceeding t RPS set point of 2 x 105 cps would have resulted result in a full scram. OISTRACTOR No, no, no: With the RPS NI shorting links installed, exceeding the RPS set pair x 105 cps will not cause a reactor scram or half-scram; however, answer is incon because an SRM upscale condition will cause a control rod withdraw block if any channel is above 1 x 105 cps. EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 94 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Question 34 Info Question Type: Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test? No Authorized for practice? No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete: 3 Difficulty: 3.00 System ID: 8809 User-Defined ID: 8809 Cross Reference Number: LGSOPSOO74.6 Topic: RO QUESTION 7 Num Field 1: 3.4 Num Field 2: 3.5 f"-d-Text Field: Comments: 215004 K4.02 ~<'ILfl.A K~ n! U V

                                                                                       \,,"

1 fYY'"'Vho I~ ) JL I. tf\ J J?Cf'" Technical Reference with Revision Number: General Data ST-2-074-624-1, Rev 04, page 3 "vr-v r (p;~ Tech Spec Table 3.3.6-1

                                                                                                             =

Cognitive Level H PRA: (i.e. Yes or No or #) NO 10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO) 55.41 (b) 7 Question History: (i.e. LGS BANK, MODIFIED NRC-05, OYS CERT-04) Question Source: (i.e. New, BANK: 562180 Bank, l\IIodified) Revision History: Revision Changed to Unit 2. History: (i.e. Modified Changed values of all 4 distractor "b" to make SRM readings. Changed plausible based on OTPS the channels indicating review) above the rod block and scram set points. Also, question 562180 has a half-scram occurring and if the RPS shorting links are removed, and SRM above the Hi Hi trip set point will result in a full scram; therefore, added a third column labeled full scram to make question distractors more plausible and require differentiation of SRM response from IRM and APRM response. Changed the correct answer from "B" to "C". ILT Supplied Ref (If NONE appropriate): (i.e. ABN-##) EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 95 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Excluded

Reference:

(Le. NONE Ensure ON-## not provided) Low KA Justification (if N/A reqLfired) i EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 96 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 35 10: 8810 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows: Synchronization of the Main Generator is in progress Voltage Regulator is in AUTO Synch Check Relay Selector switch is in NORMAL 535 Breaker Synch Selector Switch ON INCOMING VOLTAGE is 124 RUNNING VOLTAGE is 121 /, SYNCHROSCOPE is stable at the 12 o'clock position. Synchronizing lamps are OUT. WHICH ONE of the following set of conditions should be met prior to closing the 535 (OUTPUT) breaker? A. Raise generator speed. Raise incoming voltage B. Raise generator speed. Incoming voltage is satisfactory C. Generator speed is satisfactory. Raise Incoming voltage D. Generator speed is satisfactory. Incoming voltage is satisfactory Answer: B Answer Explanation: Raise generator speed. Incoming voltage is satisfactory: Generator speed must be raised until the synchroscope is rotating slowly in the FAST (clockwise) direction with synchronizing lights flashing. Generator voltage must be 0 to 3 volts higher than running voltage before the generator breaker (535) is closed; therefore, _ _ _ _ ~~__cc-_l__in--c'"'--oming voltage is satisfactory. -- OISTRACTOR Raise generator speed. Raise incoming voltage: Generator speed must be raised until the synchroscope is rotating slowly in the FAST (clockwise) direction with synchronizing lights flashing; however, the answer is incorrect because generator voltage is satisfactory for closing the generator breaker (535). Additionally, raising incoming voltage would make conditions UNSATISFACTORY for breaker closure. I-=~-::=~-=-=::-c:=--f---- ~ .. --~.----.---.------~----~-- ----------1 OISTRACTOR Generator speed is satisfactory. Raise Incoming voltage: Generator speed must be raised until the synchroscope is rotating slowly in the FAST (clockwise) direction with synchronizing lights flashing, and the answer is also incorrect because generator voltage is satisfactory for closing the generator breaker (535). Raising incoming voltage would make conditions UNSATISFACTORY for breaker closure.. -E-XA-MBANKCOMPufERTEST-----~----Pag-e-:"""'97=-o-:f:-":1-:95= 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order DISTRACTOR Generator speed is satisfactory. Incoming voltage is satisfactory: Generator voltage is satisfactory for closing the generator breaker (535); however, the answer is incorrect because generator speed must be raised until the synchroscope is rotating slowly in the FAST (clockwise) ____-'--direction with synchronizing lights flashilJ.9..______~ Question 35 Info

  ------------~~-~~-=-~-------.--------------~---.-----~

Question Type: ______r~--:_.. L - _ . - - - - . - . - _ - - - - - - - - - - . - - - . - _ - - . - . - - - . - - 1 Status:

 ---------*--*--r...,..-~---**--*-**----*-**-*-*-**--~-*-**-*-..- . - - - - . - _ 1 Always§.elect on test?_.--,I.c._:.c:__........... ___..._._.. _. ___.__. __...... _...............___........_..__ ... --l Aut~9iized~~~tice? __+_~.~~. ___,____ .________ ._.______..________.__ ._._.~

Points: .---.-.----.-----+-:-------------------.----------.---.-----J Time to Complete: - - - - I f - ' - - - . ~f_fi_cU_I~~=~_-_--_-=-_.--_=_~~=~=====~=============~=================~ S stem 10:

  .~.~.~.---~--~-

User-Defined ID:

------~~~~~~~~~7*--------------*----------_t

_c_ro_s_s~~_fu_re_~:e-~_-u-m-b~~=:~=========='=====~=================~======~ T.2E~~.____.__..___ _+:,..:Rc..::O--=-=.;;;..:....:..=...:...:...::..-..-----..- - - - - - - - . - - - - _ - -__..__ ._._.---] Num Field 1: 3.4

      -------------t-------------.~                                               ___- - - - - - - - - . - . - . - . - - - - _ I Num    Field 2:                   3.6---------f+..-+t1+--+Hh----iHh'9---tc:......,c;:---,----""I'--..-Y Text   Field:
.----.-.--.-----1---.

262001 K4.05 Comments:

                                                                         ';on,Qr<>1 Data Technical Reference with                        S32.1.A, Rev. 25, pages Revision Number:                                7 and 8
                                    . - - . - - . - -..-.-------+-.~--------.

Cognitive LeveL.......,-__. H

                                   .ERA: (I.e. Yes or N9_or!tL                       NO_ _________-J 10CFR 55.43 (f\j!A for RO)                      55.41 (blL _______---I Question History: (I.e. LGS                     BANK, MODIFIED NRC-Q§, OYS CERT-04.L.)_+--_________

Question Source: (i.e. New, BANK: 556938 Bank, Modified) 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Revision History: Revision Changed to Unit 1. History: (Le. Modified Modified stem adding distractor "b" to make additional information plausible based on OTPS status of Sync Check review) Selector switch and Synchronizing lamps. Also changed the status of the synchroscope to static at the 12 o'clock position and changed the values of incoming and running voltage. Changed correct answer from "raise speed and raise incoming voltage" to "raise generator speed, and "incoming voltage is satisfactory." Changed correct answer from up\' to H8". ILT - Supplied Ref (If NONE

                ~ ropr!~~.tJ.!~ABN~l_          '--:-c------~--

Excluded

Reference:

(i.e. NONE Ensure ON-## not provided)

                -cow' KA Justification (if       N/A required)                                               --

20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 36 10: 8811 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows: RCIC is in operation for pressure control. HV-49-1 F022, RCIC Full Flow Test valve is initially adjusted to obtain a stable RCIC pump discharge pressure of 600 psig at 600 gpm. Reactor pressure is 350 psig and stable. HV-49-1 F022 is throttled in the close direction to raise RCIC pump discharge pressure to 900 psig, and RCIC system flowrate is observed to lower. WHICH ONE of the following describes the status of the RCIC system? A. RCIC FLOW CONTROLLER is in AUTO. RCIC turbine speed has risen. B. RCIC FLOW CONTROLLER is in AUTO. RCIC turbine speed is constant. C. RCIC FLOW CONTROLLER is in MANUAL. RCIC turbine speed has lowered. D. RCIC FLOW CONTROLLER is in MANUAL. RCIC turbine speed is constant. Answer: D Answer Explanation: ANSWER RCIC FLOW CONTROLLER is in MANUAL. RCIC turbine speed is constant: With the RCIC FLOW CONTROLLER in MANUAL, RCIC turbine speed remains constant. RCIC system head loss goes up as HV-49-1 F022 is throttled closed, and RCIC system flowrate lowers. OtSTRACTOR RCIC FLOW CONTROLLER is in AUTO. RCtC turbine speed has risen: RCle system head loss goes up as HV-49 1F022 is throttled closed. If the RCIC FLOW CONTROLLER were in AUTO, RCIC turbine speed would automatically rise to maintain a constant flowrate to the CST; however, indications are that RCIC f10wrate has lowered; therefore, the answer is incorrect. OISTRACTOR RCIC FLOW CONTROLLER is in AUTO. RCIC turbine speed is constant: If the RCle turbine speed were constant with rising RCIC system headloss, RCIC system flowrate would lower. However, when the RCIC FLOW CONTROLLER is in AUTO, RCIC turbine speed automatically varies to

                                . maintain a constant flowrate to the CST; therefore, the answer I                 i is incorrect.

DlSTRACTOR RCIC FLOW CONTROLLER is in MANUAL. RCiC turbine speed has lowered: If RelC turbine speed had lowered, RCIC system f10wrate would lower; however, the answer is incorrect because RCIC turbine speed remains constant when the RCIC

                        - _ . .' -FLOW      - - - - - - -in-MANUAL.
                                    - - -CONTROLLER             ----------------'

EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 100 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY IlT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Question 36 Info Question Type: Multiple Choice i Status: Active Always select on test? No

• Authorized for practice? No

            ! Points:                    1.00

• Time to Complete: 3 Difficulty: 3.00 System ID: 8811 User-Defined ID: 8811
• Cross Reference Number: LlOT0380.8A Topic: RO QUESTION 9 Num Field 1: 3.1 Num Field 2: 3.1  !\ (

                                                                             <::: "\)       /

Text Field: 217000 K5.02 \LL\G \)1)'VvVl~ ../ Comments: I I I General Data Technical Reference with i S49.7.A, Rev 08 Revision Number: Cognitive level H PRA: (Le. Yes or No or #) NO 10CFR 55.43JN/A for ROJ 55.41 Jb) 7 Question History: (Le. LGS NEW NRC-05, OYS CERT-04) Question Source: (Le. New, NEW Bank, Modified) Revision History: Revision NEW History: (i.e. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS review) ILT Supplied Ref (If NONE appropriate): (Le. ABN-##) Excluded

Reference:

(Le. NONE Ensure ON-## not provided) low KA Justification (if N/A required): EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 101 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 37 10: 8812 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows: SLC Tank chemical mixing is underway in accordance with S48.3.C .. Chemical and Demineralized Water Makeup for Standby Control storage Tank" TIS-48-1R002, SLC Tank Temperature indicates 92°F. WHICH ONE of the following describes the required status of the SLC Tank Heater Control switch and the SLC Heater Banks? Switch Position Heater "An A. AUTO OFF OFF B. C. D. AUTO "A&B" "A&B" ON ON ON G: ON Answer: D Answer Explanation: ANSWER ON, ON, ON: During Tank mixing, the Heater Control switch is placed in ON whenever SLC Tank temperature is below 95°F, energizing BOTH heater banks. SLC Tank temperature must be maintained greater than 90°F to prevent Sodium Pentaborate from crystallizing during mixing. OISTRACTOR AUTO, OFF, OFF: During normal operation, the SLC Tank Heater Control switch is in AUTO, and SLC Heater Bank "A:' can cycle to maintain SLC Tank temperature between 75°F and 105°F, making it is possible for both Heater Banks to be OFF; however, during Tank mixing, the Heater Control switch is placed in ON whenever SLC Tank temperature is below 95°F, energizing BOTH heater banks, preventing Sodium Penta borate from c~stallizing duringrnixing. DISTRACTOR AUTO, ON, OFF: During normal operation, the SLC Tank Heater Control switch is in AUTO, and SLC Heater Bank "A" can cycle to maintain SLC Tank temperature between 75°F and 105°F, making it is possible for Heater Bank "A" ONLY to be ON; however, during Tank mixing, the Heater Control switch is placed in ON whenever SLC Tank temperature is below 95°F, energizing BOTH heater banks, preventing Sodium Pentaborate from crystallizing during mixing. DISTRACTOR ON, ON, OFF: During Tank mixing, the Heater Control switch is placed in ON whenever SLC Tank temperature is below 95°F, which energizes BOTH heater banks. EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 102 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY IlT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Question 37 Info Question Type: Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test? No Authorized for practice? No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete: 3 Difficulty: 3.00 System ID: 8812 User-Defined ID: 8812 Cross Reference Number: LGSOPSOO48.IL2B SBlC Heater Operation I iTopic: Num Field 1: 2.7 Num Field 2: 2.9 J / I Text Field: 211000 K5.07 -S I ~4-~bffUL 011Ju'1.1A..J Comments: V General Data Technical Reference with S48.1 .A, Rev 15, page 9 ~ Revision Number: S48.1.B, Rev 17, page 6 I Cognitive Level l PRA: (i.e. Yes or No or #) NO 10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO) 55.41 (b) 5 Question History: (i.e. lGS NEW NRC-OS, OYS CERT-04) Question Source: (Le. New. NEW Bank. Modified) Revision History: Revision NEW History: (Le. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS review) I IlT Supplied Ref (If NONE

                                          ~opriate): (i.e. ABN-##)

Excluded

Reference:

(i.e. NONE

                                          . Ensure ON-## not provided)

IllOW KA Justification (if N/A

                                           ~uired):

EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 103 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09~1 RO questions in sample plan order 38 10: 8813 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows: Reactor shutdown HPCI is operating for pressure control in accordance with S55.7 .A. The following occurs: 115 CLEANUP, E-5, Excess Flow Check Valve Operated Panel C218 alarms due to an instrument line break. 115 COOL B, E-3, Div 2 Reactor LO-LO-LO Level alarms. 114 ISOL, C-2, Reactor LO-LO Level alarms. Emergency Diesel D12 auto starts. HPCI initiation (white) SEAL IN lamp illuminates on 10C647. WHICH ONE of the following describes the expected response of the HPCI system due to the current conditions? A. The HPCI system continues to operate in pressure control mode. B. The HPCI system CST flowpath isola.tes. HPCI CANNOT be returned to the pressure control mode. . C. The HPCI system CST flowpath isolates. HPCI CAN be returned to the pressure control mode IMMEDIATLY. D. The HPCI system CST f10wpath isolates. HPCI CAN be returned to the pressure control mode AFTER depressing the "Seal In" Reset Pushbutton Answer: B Answer Explanation: ANSWER The HPCI system CST flowpath isolates. HPCI CANNOT be returned to the pressure control mode: The HPCI CST flowpath isolates when HPCI is initiated. Regardless of actual vessel level, the division 2 level instruments affected by the sensing line failure will continue to "see" low-low vessel level; therefore, the HPCI initiation signal cannot be reset, and HPCI cannot be returned to the pressure control mode regardless of actual vessel level. DISTRACTOR The HPCI system continues to operate in the pressure control mode: Indications are that the division 2 level instruments affected by the sensing line failure "sees" low-low vessel level resulting in a continuous HPCI initiation signal. The HPCI CST flowpath isolates when HPCI is initiated. DISTRACTOR The HPCI system CST flowpath isolates. HPCI CAN be returned to the pressure control mode IMMEDIATLY: The HPCI CST flowpath isolates when HPCI is initiated. The answer is incorrect because the division 2 level instruments affected by the sensing line failure will continue to "see" low-low level regardless of actual vessel level; therefore, HPCI cannot be returned to the pressure control mode, immediately or otherwise. EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 104 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order DISTRACTOR The HPCI system CST flowpath isolates. HPCI CAN be returned to the pressure control mode ONLY AFTER the initiation signal is reset: The HPCI CST flowpath isolates when HPCI is initiated. The answer is incorrect because the division 2 level instruments affected by the sensing line failure will continue to "see" low-low level regardless of actual vessel level; therefore, the initiation signal cannot be reset, and HPCI cannot be returned to the pressure control mode. I Question 38 Info IQuestion Type: Multiple Choice Status: Active I Alwa~s select on test? No IAuthorized for practice? No I Points: 1.00 I Time to Com~lete: 3

            *Difficulty~                    ].00
            .S'y::;tbl  ID:                  8813 1~(3r-D(3fin~(j ID               8813 I Cross Reference Number:        LLOT0340.12B
            ! To[)ic:                        RO QUi::::> nQN 11 Num Field 1:                   3.6                                                      .1
             ~m Field 2:                     3.7                                   1\      J    ~/J      ."

_Text__

                . Field:
                       ..                    206000 K6.11 .A1'LL          (T f1.v/r .~IW~ /lJv 1( f7\

Comments: U General Data Technical Reference with I S55.7.A, Rev. 8 Revision Number: E-41-1 040-E-021, sheet 001, Rev, 12 Cognitive Level H

                                             \-::

I PRA: (I.e. Yes or No or #) NO I 10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO) 55.41 (b) 7 Question History: (i.e. LGS NEW NRC-05, OYS CERT-04) Question Source: (I.e. New, NEW Bank, Modified} Revision History: Revision NEW History: (I.e. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS

                                               ~\Iiew)

ILT Supplied Ref (If I NONE appro~riate}: {I.e. ABN-##) I Excluded

Reference:

(I.e. NONE Ensure ON-## not provided) Low KA Justification (if N/A I required): EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 105 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 39 10: 8814 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows: The 480 VAC MCC supply breaker for the 1A2D103 Battery Charger has tripped 120 - D11 G-1, UNIT DIV 1 SFGD BATIERY CHARGERS TROUBLE alarms. WHICH ONE of the following identifies tlJ$;l-~AAW..§ A. B. C. 1A1 and 1A2 Batteries D. 1A2 Battery ONLY Answer: A Answer Explanation:

               -,:---=--==    -~-~---         --~~-~~-~~~~~~-~~-~-~-~-~-~-~~----------~~~~~~~~~~~~~-~-~-~------~---~--~-~~-~-~

ANSWER 1A2 Battery and 1A10103 Battery Charger: The Division I DC Distribution system has 2 batteries and each battery ha ttery charger. The battery charge are the normal source of power for the DC system. With a trip of 480 VAC MCC supply breaker for one of the battery chargers, the associated battery will begin to discharge. ~

              ,-=-_____         -~-~-~--~econd batt~£harger will continue to supply the DC bus.                        ~ ~  ~ ~

OISTRACTOR 1A1D103 Battery Oharger 8Aly. Witfi a tnp of 4~6-V:AC Mec supply breaker for one of the battery chargers, the second battery charger will continue to supply the DC bus; however, the associated battery will also

                 =c::c=-=~===-=__r-b=:-e-:-,3g,,:icinc:..~to discharge~ ________ ~ ___~~--:":"_ _-:----::-_-:::-~_--I f-OISTRACTOR                     1A1 and 1A2 Batteries: The Division I DC Distribution system has 2 batteries and each battery has a battery charger. The battery chargers are the normal source of power for the DC system. With a trip of 480 VAC MCC supply breaker for one of the battery chargers, the associated battery will begin to discharge. The second battery charger will continue to supply the DC bus_         . .,-:--~_~.

ro1STRACTOR---'~--1:---1-:-A2'-C::-B~at""t'e-ry-~o-n-:-ly-:--:-With a trip of 480 VAC MCC supply breaker for one] of the battery chargers, the associated battery will begin to diSCharge;. . however, the second battery charger will also continue to supply the DC

              '-----~--------'--'---

bus....... -~-----.--~.-~~~~~~~~-~--~------~--.--~-~~~~ EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 106 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order

            ~stion 39 Info                                                                                           ]
            , Question Type:                       Multiple Choice Status:

Always select on test? Active INo

                                                                                                                =J      :

Authorized for practice? No , J

                                                                                             -~--

Points:

            ~-~-~-~-~-~~

1~ Time to Complete: 3 Difficulty: 13.00 L§y;:, ll:: I II II::h 1.881! User-Defined ID: ,8814 Cross Rei 1::1 I::llvl:: Number: I c::~, JI-';;;;uu~5.IL7

              ~i~~ ____ ~_.~.                     BQ QUESTION 12
             -Num
               - - _Field._._     1:.             13.2 Num Field 2:                         3.5
            ~ield:                                 263000 K6.01 Comments:

r--'~~--'~ i--=--~~-~--- ~ General --*------~l Data

                                                                                          ---~--~~~            ~-

Technical Reference with ARC-MCR-120 G-1, REV Revision Number: 3 E-33, sh1, Rev 44 E-55, sh1, Rev 51

                                                     ~  Cognitive Level                   L PRA: (I.e. Ye~Qf: No 0~!!2        YES 10CFR 55.43 {N/A for RO}          5~.41   (b) L Question History: (Le. LGS        BANK I    NRC-05, OYS CERT-04}

Question Source: (i.e. New, C 562594 j3ank, Modified) _ _ _ ~_~ Revision History: Revision Bank, Modified. Changed History: (Le. Modified stem to remove direct distractor "b" to make statement that the plausible based on OTPS charger would trip on a review) loss of the 480 VAC MCC supply breaker. Changed the effected charger to 1A2D103 from 1A1D103. Changed the order of the distractors. Changed the correct answer to A from D. ----~--.- f----~ . ILT Supplied Ref (If E-55, Sh 1, Rev 51 appropriate): {Le. ABN-##) . Excluded

Reference:

(i.e. NONE Ensure ON-## not provided) Low KA Justification (if N/A

                                                    ~ired):
             ~~~~-.~----                                    .~-~.------~~.---.-.~-.

EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 107 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 40 10: 8815 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows: Reactor power is 7% Mode Switch is in "RUN" All IRMs are fully inserted "D" IRM recorder reads 122/125th The following IRM indicating lamps are illuminated on the 10C603 benchboard.

                      "D"IRM     UPSC "D" IRM    UPSC TR or INOP "H" IRM    UPSC TR or INOP "A" IRM    UPSC TR or INOP WHICH ONE of the following describes the affect of the IRM system on the RPS system?

A. NO "A" or "S" Side half-scram S. "Au side half-scram ONLY C. "S" side half-scram ONLY D. FULL scram Answer: A Answer Explanation: ANSWER NO "A" or "8" Side half-scram: A scram signal is generated when an IRM is UPSCALE or INOP. One IRM in RPS trip system "Au - IRM A, C, E, or G must be tripped to generate an "A" side half-scram, AND one IRM in RPS trip system "S" - IRM S, D, F, or H must be tripped to generate a "S" side half-scram. However, when the Reactor Mode switch is in RUN, all IRM generated scrams signals are bypassed; therefore, even though the IRM indicating lamps on 10C603 show that conditions have been met for a full scram, RPS remains energized. OISTRACTOR FULL scram: A scram signal is generated when an IRM is UPSCALE or INOP. One IRM in RPS trip system "Au -IRM A, C, E, or G must be tripped, AND one IRM in RPS trip system "S" -IRM 8, D, F, or H must be tripped for a full RPS trip to occur. The IRM indicating lamps on 10C603 show that conditions have been met for a full scram; however, the answer is incorrect because the Reactor Mode switch is in RUN bypassing all IRM generated scrams signals. OISTRACTOR "An side half-scram ONLY: A scram signal is generated when an IRM is UPSCALE or INOP. One IRM in RPS trip system "f:>.:' - IRM A, C, E, or G must be tripped, OR one IRM in RPS trip system "8" - IRM S, D, F, or H must be tripped for an RPS half-scram to occur. The IRM indicating lamps on 10C603 show that conditions have been met for an "A" side half-scram to occur; however, the answer is incorrect because the Reactor Mode switch is in RUN bypassing alllRM generated scrams

              ,                      signals.

EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST--~ Page: 108 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order DISTRACTOR "6" side half-scram ONLY: A scram signal is generated when an IRM is UPSCALE or INOP. One IRM in RPS trip system "A" -IRM A, C, E, or G must be tripped, OR one IRM in RPS trip system "8" - IRM 8, D, F, or H must be tripped for an RPS half-scram to occur. The IRM indicating lamps on 10C603 show that conditions have been met for a "8" side half scram to occur; however, the answer is incorrect because the Reactor

            '---_ _ _ _ _----" Mode switch is in RUN bypassing all IRM generated scrams signals.

EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 109 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09~1 RO questions in sample plan order Question 40 Info Question.-.IiP~ _ _ _+I\M",:',~Jltin~Ip.C~ho~ice~ _____~_ _~_--c_ _~. _ _-I Status: Active Always select on test? No Authorized for practice? No

            ~~~ _______ ._-t_1~c:.::           .0...:;.0_________,____.._____.___..______,

Time to Complete: 3 Difficulty: 3.00 I System~D______.

__-+-'-8_'_8i1-'5~ ______.._____________________,

User-Defined ID: 8815

              - - - - - - - - - - - -:--+=-:.:-'::=-=-=-:::-=-=-~~-:--~---.---------~-.------I Cross Reference Number: LG§OPSo.Q74.IL£OA r-ITopic:                          RO QUESTION 13 Num Field 1:                  3.3 Num Field 2:                  3.2                  .J.-,!)                               IJ Jt-..             J /

Text Field: 215003 A1.06 *J--.rlU1i 1(Cln-\Q./t"VV-~ I}t- It".l#/~ .. 1.-- f? t--:C:-o-m-m~e-n-ts-:--------+_

                                                          .   .        General gata 6

Technical Reference withl M-1-C71-1020-E-006, (A,/\ )

                                                                                                         - <t J      V..hl cA'\.

VW """, \ i1 f . ~ Revision Number: I 007, 009 '

                                                                                      .                                        f\?

CO~lnltlVeTevel"--- . H' A r7..v ~~ " i PRA: (I.e. Yes or No qrJ!L_ NO 'r ~

                                             . 10CF_R 55.4;?~/A for RO)                   55.41 (b) 5                    L.  ._

Question History: (Le. LGS

                                              !'!RC-05, OYS CERT-04)

Question Source: (I.e. New, Bank, LIMERICK LOT

                                             ~ank, Modified) ..                           2_8:...7___9_ _ _ _ _.___--1 Revision History: Revision                 Modified question to test History: (I.e. Modified                    knowledge of IRM distractor "b" to make                     Benchboard indications plausible based on OTPS                    and ability to predict review)                                    affects on RPS. Changed APRM status in question stem to IRM indications.

Added status of IRM indicating lamps. Changed answer from A to D ILT

                                            ~--~--~~-----~~--...-------~----

Supplied Ref (If NONE appropriate): (I.e. ABN-##) _-+-:-:-::-:-:--:::::-~..._ _._.__. _ Excluded

Reference:

(I.e. NONE Ensure ON-## not2':0CC'v-:-id_e_d...L.I)-t-----:~ __~ _ _ _ _-I Low KA Justification (if N/A

                                             ~lJired):______.____                _ _ L . ._ _ _. _.._ _ _ _ _ __ _ '

EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 41 10: 8816 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows:

                      "A" SGTS fan is inoperable RE HVAC isolates on High Rad "B" SGTS fan starts The "B" SGTS fan bypass damper is fully shut WHICH ONE of the following describes the expected steady state Reactor Enclosure differential pressure?

A. 0.00 to -0.15 psid B. 0.00 to +0.15 psid C. -0.25 psid or lower (more negative) D. +0.25 psid or greater (more positive) Answer: C Answer Explanation: ANSWER ~0.25 psid or lower (more negative): Standby Gas Treatment (SGTS) draws suction on RERS downstream of the RERS filters, or directly on the refuel floor, and maintains the zone(s) pressure -.25" H2 0. The SGTS fan flowrate is controlled by the combined modulation of the fan inlet, outlet and bypass dampers. When running, a SGTS fan will be regulated by the bypass damper (PD-C-339A,B) to maintain the zone with the highest static pressure (least negative) at 0.25 WG. The failed closed bypass damper, 339B, will reduce the amount of air bypassing the SBGT fan, however the inlet and outlet damper will continue to regulate to

              !-=-=:---C-~~~~~--

mainJ<3J!1 >-0.25" H20. ----~::-=-o- _ _ _ __ DISTRACTOR 0.00 to -0.15 psid: Standby Gas Treatment (SGTS) draws suction on RERS downstream of the RERS filters or directly on the refuel floor, and maintains the zone(s) pressure -.25" H2 0. ----_._-_.---_. D1STRACTOR 0.00 to +0.15 psid: Standby Gas Treatment (SGTS) draws suction on RERS downstream of the RERS filters or directly on the refuel floor, and maintains the zone(s) pressure -.25"

                  ._ _ _ _ _-+-H 2 0. '-'---~--'-'----

D1STRACTOR +0.25 psid or greater (more positive): Standby Gas Treatment (SGTS) draws suction on RERS downstream of the RERS filters or directly on the refuel floor, and maintains I the zone(s} pressure -.25" H2 0. . .._ _ _ _ _ _._ _ _-' EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 111 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Question 41 Info Question Type: Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test? No Authorized for practice? No Points: 1.00

            ~ to Complete:              3 ulty:                 3.00
            !System ID:                 8816 User-Defined ID:           8816 Cross Reference Number:     LLOT0200.5E Topic:                     RO QUESTION 14 Num Field 1:               3.0 Num Field 2:

Text Field: Comments: 3.3 261000 A1.04 .c.. fl.t> ~ C;/

                                                                      -    Ii l J-j rI.. - Itv..J
                                                                                   'J      I
                                                                                                     .dj....
                                                                                               ---:-1 I . ~

7/U ~ General Data y/ r i Technical Reference with P&ID M-76, Rev'20 Revision Number: Cognitive Level H PRA: (Le. Yes or No or #) NO 10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO) 55.41 (b) 5 Question History: (Le. LGS NRC-05, OYS CERT-04) Question Source: (Le. New. Bank. 561042 Bank, Modified) Revision History: Revision Changed answer from D History: (I.e. Modified to C. Changed distractor distractor "b" to make C to A; changed distractor plausible based on OTPS A to B. and changed review) distractor B to D. ILT Supplied Ref (If NONE appropriate): (i.e. ABN-##) Excluded

Reference:

(I.e. NONE Ensure ON-## not provided) Low KA Justification (if N/A I reguired}: EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 112 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 42 10: 8817 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows: 100% power SPTOTMOS indicates Suppression Pool temperature is 90°F and stable STEAM 110, B-1, SRV/HEAO VENT VALVE LEAKING alarms: XI-036-101 on 10C614 confirms rising Safety Relief Valve (SRV) Tailpipe Temperature for PSV41-1F013S. All Amber "SRV HAS L1FTEO" lamps on 1OC626 are gut. All Red "SRV OPEN" lamps on 1OC626 are 9ft. All Green "SRV CLOSEO"lamps on 10C626 are on. All White "SRV SOLENOIO ENERGIZEO"lamps on on 10C626 are off. SPTOTMOS indicates Suppression Pool temperature is 92°F and slowly RISING WHICH ONE of the following describes the condition of the "S" SRV and the required operator action? A. SRV Leaking Place One loop of Suppression Pool Cooling in service per S51.B.A B. SRV Leaking. Place One loop of Suppression Pool Cooling in service per OT-114 C. SRV FULLY Open Place One loop of Suppression Pool Cooling in service per S51.B.A O. SRV FULLY Open Place One loop of Suppression Pool Cooling in service per OT-114 Answer: A Answer Explanation: ANSWER-lsRVLeakin g, .... Place One loop of Suppression Pool Cooling in service per S51.S.A: An SRV/HEAO VENT VALVE LEAKING alarm,slowly rising Suppression Pool temperature, and rising SRV tailpipe temperature predict the

                                                                                                     . 9 I presence a leaking SRV. Appropriate action is to place one loop of

_____ I suppreion pool cooling in operation per S51.8.A.:...._ _ _ _ _ __ OISTRACTOR SRV Leaking, Place One loop of Suppression Pool Cooling in service per OT*114: OT-114 is only entered for a stuck open SRV, additionally, OT-114

                          ==--+-directs placing two loop~of ~ession Pool Cooling in ser'.'i~__

DISTRACTOR SRV FULLY Open, Place One loop of Suppression Pool Cooling in service per S51.S.A: Indication do not support that SRv is open, Additionally, If an sRV is open OT-114 should be entered. OT-114 directs placing two loops of _ _ _-L._S_-'up'-'p'-r_es_si()n Pool_goDling in_service. EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 113 of 195 20 August2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order DISTRACTOR SRV FULLY Open, Place One loop of Suppression Pool Cooling in service per OT-114: Indication do not support that SRv is open, Additionally, OT-114 directs placing two loops of Suppression Pool Cooling in service.. Question 42 Info Question Type: Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test? No j Authorized for practice? No I Points: .00

            ! Time to Complete: .           3 I

Difficulty: 3.00 I System ID: 8817 User-Defined ID: 8817 I Cross Reference Number: LGSOPS1540.1, 2, AND 5 Topic: RO QUESTION 15 Num Field 1: 3.1 /" Num Field 2: 3.2 /'l I I / Text Field: 239002 A2.02 ~r~ S/LI/ V Comments: 0 General Data Technical Reference with S51.8.A Revision Number: OT-114 BASES Rev. 255 T-102, l Cognitive Level H  ! PRA: {Le. Yes or No or #} YES 10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO) 55.41 (b) 7 Question History: (Le. LGS NEW NRC-05, OYS CERT-04) Question Source: (Le. New, NEW Bank, Modified) Revision History: Revision NEW History: (Le. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS review) ILT Supplied Ref (If NONE I appropriate): (i.e. ABN-##) Excluded

Reference:

(Le. NONE Ensure ON-## not rovided) i Low KA Justification (if N/A I required): EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 114 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 43 10: 8818 Points: 1.00 Unit 2 plant conditions are as follows: Division 2 DC was de-energized due to a ground fault A Loss of Offsite Power (LOOP) occurs coincident with a small break LOCA. 2A and 2C LPCI pumps have tripped. RCIC and all available CRD and SLC pumps are injecting. Reactor pressure is 700 psig. Vessel level has lowered to -161 inches.

               ~tJas ordered emergency vessel depressurization in accordancB"'

witt'i 1-1111md T-112. Pripr to opening thenSRVs, th Division f ,9.C bus ge,:elopS\a fault de-energizing the bus........... -J

       ~ 12."<.. ~                          ~ ~ CY                                                     ~ tdJl1. Q.£(

WHIC a a . e ex STATUS of the Core Spray system arTd ~ impm;rOn em~ . . ing?

  .A~ ~VV\                   1=/1/ ~                            ~~0 '7 f v            A.        One Core S~y subsystem is a ilable. Emergencyaepressurization CANNOT immediately proceed. Alternate injection subsystems must be lined up per T 111.

B. One Core Spray subsystem is available. Emergency depressurization CAN proceed per T -112. C. One Core Spray pump ONLY is available. Emergency depressurization CANNOT immediately proceed. Alternate injection subsystems must be lined up per T-111. D. One Core Spray pump ONLY is available. Emergency depressurization CAN proceed per T-112. Answer: B Answer Explanation:

                                     "-~'-------------'-----'----------

ANSWER One Core Spray subsystem is available. Emergency depressurization CAN proceed: The Core Spray System comprises two "subsystems" each consisting of two pumps discharging into a common header. With division 1 and 3 DC available, the "A" and "C" Core spray pumps are available, constituting one Core Spray subsystem. The systems listed in T-101 have proven inadequate to maintain level

                                     > -161 inches; therefore, T-101 RC/L is exited; T-111 is entered, and with one Core Spray subsystem available, the vessel can be EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST                         Page: 115 of 195                                20 Augusl2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-'1 RO questions in sample plan order

               ---------                ---------------:cc-:-~_=__-~

DISTRACTOR One Core Spray subsystem is available. Emergency depressurization CANNOT proceed: The Core Spray System comprises two "subsystems", each consisting of two pumps discharging into a common header. With division 1 and 3 DC available, the "A" and "C" Core spray pumps are available, constituting one Core Spray subsystem. The answer is incorrect because the systems listed in T -101 have proven inadequate to maintain level> -161 inches, and with one Core S ra subs stem available, the vessel must be depressurized. DISTRACTOR One Core Spray pump is available. Emergency depressurization CANNOT proceed: With division 1 and 3 DC available, the "A" and "C" Core spray pumps are both available, constituting one Core Spray subsystem; therefore the answer is incorrect. If only one Core Spray pump were available, the second half of the answer would be correct; however, the answer is incorrect because the systems listed in T-101 have proven inadequate to maintain level

                                         > -161 inches, and with one Core Spray subsystem available, the
                                        --",ess~L must be depressurized.         _______~. _____..__..

DISTRACTOR One Core Spray pump is available. Emergency depressurization CAN proceed: With division 1 and 3 DC available, the "A" and "C" Core spray pumps are both available. constituting one Core Spray subsystem; therefore the answer is incorrect. If only one Core Spray pump were available, the second half of the answer would be incorrect; however, the systems listed in T-101 have proven inadequate to maintain level> -161 inches, and with one Core L ._______._ _ _. _ _ _ _--L_S...Lray_~ubsys~m ava~.9ble, the vessel can be depressurized. _____ Question 43 Info

              .-----.--.-._---._------+---.:--::----.._---,--------.- ..-----------._- .. _ - - - - - - - - 1 Cross Reference Number:

To ic: Num Field 1: EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 116 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Technical Reference with T-111 BASES, Rev. 12, Revision Number: step LR-6, lR-7, and LR 8. E21-1040-E-005,006, 007, and 008. E-360. sheet 2, 3, and 4.

                                   ~90gnitive     Level                  H r-t~M~g5~f(~T~~fo~~)

YES

                                                                        .~~.~~.~~.~~.-~.-.-~.-.-.-.-.-.-.-.-

55.41 {b} 5 . ._.-._-- Question History: (Le. LGS NEW _NRC-05, OYS CERT-04} ~_ Question Source: (i.e. New. NEW _E?~rl1s_rv1().sJifi.~ Revision History: Revision NEW History: (Le. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS revi~w)

                                    -.                              ILT Supplied Ref (If                     NONE appropriate): (LE:. ABN-##)

Excluded

Reference:

(Le. NONE

                                    .E..Q~I~QI'J:!iLflOJ..£r~'.'icledl Low KA Justification (if            N/A
                                    ~ir.e.sJt ___..

EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 117 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 44 10: 8819 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows: Unit 1 plant is at 100% reactor power 107 REACTOR, H-1, REACTOR WATER BELOW LEVEL 3 TRIP alarms The "B" Scram Status tamps on 1OC-603 are NOT illuminated. The "An Scram Status lamps on 1OC-603 ARE illuminated. WHICH ONE of the following identifies Reactor Level Switches that could have caused these 10C-603 Scram Status light indications? Reactor Level 3 Level Switch status A. LISL-42-1 N680A or 1N680C tripped B. LlSL-42-1 N680B or 1N6800 tripped C. LlSL-42-1 N680A and 1N680B tripped O. LlSL-42-1 N680B and 1N680C tripped Answer: B Answer Explanation: ANSWER LlSL-42-1 N680B or 1N680D tripped: A "B" or "0" Reactor Level trip unit failing downscale de-energizes the B 1 or B2 RPS relay logic resulting in a half scram on the "B" side, extinguishing the "B" RPS Scram Status lights. DISTRACTOR LlSL-42-1 N680A or 1 N680C tripped: The answer is incorrect because an "A" or "C" Reactor Level trip unit failing downscale would de-energizes the A1 or A2 RPS relay logic resulting in a half scram on the "Au side, extinguishing the "A" RPS Scram Status lights. DISTRACTOR LlSL-42-1 N680A and 1N680B tripped: The answer is incorrect because 1N680A and 1N680B Reactor Level trip units failing downscale would de-energizes the A1 and B1 RPS relay logics resulting in a full scram, extinguishing both the "N an<j "B" RPS Scram Status lights. DISTRACTOR LlSL-42-1 N680C and 1 N680D tripped: The answer is incorrect because 1N680C and 1N6800 Reactor Level trip units failing downscale would de-energizes the A2 and B2 RPS relay logics resulting in a full scram, extinguishing both the "A" and "B" RPS I Scram Status lights. EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 118 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Question 44 Info Question T~ee:

            -::--~

Multiple Choice Status: iActive Alwa~s select on test? No Authorized for practice? No Points: 1.00

            --:-~                                                                                    --

TIme to Complete: 3

            ~!!y~                         3.00
             ~stem    10.                 8819 Jd§E?r-[)~fLn~clIQ            Bi319 Cross Rej",. ""'v'" Number:  LGSOPS0071.7A

[Topic: RO QUESTION 17

            ~umField      1:              3.2                                              r      fI
            ~m
            ~Field:

Field 2: 3.0 U)")/\ l\ 212000 A3.02 \ ~ \!,v ~\J (jY\AV'!;'WV

                                                                                .IT           I  l.-<' It, JJb ltv Comments:                                               J /                               II General Data Technical Reference with       ARC 107 REACTOR, H-Revision Number:               1, rev 0 C71-1020-E-020, sh 7A, Rev 3, sh 9, Rev 5, and sh 10, Rev 5 Cognitive Level                L PRA: (Le. Yes or No or #)      NO                        --

10CFR 55.43.lli!A for RO) 55.41 (b) 7 Question History: (Le. LGS NEW NRC-05, OYS CERT-04) --~- Question Source: (i.e. New, BANK, MODIFIED Bank, Modified} Revision History: Revision Modified bank question History: (Le. Modified 562290. Changed stem of distractor "b" to make question to test the ability plausible based on OTPS to monitor the operation review) of specific system relays inputting to RPS utilizing only the available control room indications. __~_ ILT . Supplied Ref (If NONE

                                          ~oeriate): (Le. ABN-##L Excluded 

Reference:

(i.e. .~ ~bNE Ensure ON-## not provided) Low KA Justification (if N/A required}:

            ~,

EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 1190f195 20 August 2010

LXMERICK GENERATXNG STATXON 107 REACTOR H-1 ACS03 36 I

• ALARM WORDING:

REACTOR 2 WATER BELOW LEVEL 3 3 TRXP 4 5 A B C D E F G H I AU'l'OMATXC ACTXONS:

1. SCRAM.

2. ADS system permissive.

3. Group II isolation.

OPERATOR ACTXONS:

1. IF SCRAM, THEN enter T-IOL RPV Control.

CAUSES: 1- Low level in Reactor Vessel. ANNUNCXATOR#:

• None SETPOINT:
• 12.5" DEVXCE(S):
• LIS-42-1N680A(B,C,D}

REFERENCES:

1. E-620

2. C71-1020 IARC-MCR-I07 PAGE I OF 1 HI, REV. 0

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 45 10: 8825 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows:

                      "1An RECW pump is running with its control switch in "AUTO" "1 B" RECW pump is NOT running. Its control switch is in "AUTO".

A leak at the discharge of the "A" RECW heat exchanger results pressure dropping to 115 psig on PI-13-108 at 10C655, and the following annunciator alarms at 118 SERVICES. H-3, REAC ENCL COOLING WATER HTX OUT LO PRESS. WHICH ONE of the following describes the expected RECW pump status? A. 1A" RECW pump allQ. "1 Btl RECW pump running. B. 1AtI RECW pump running. "1 B" RECW pump NOT running. C. 1B" RECW pump running. "1A" RECW pump NOT running. D. "1A" RECW pump NOT running. "1B" RECW pump NOT running. Answer: A Answer Explanation: ANSWER '1A" RECW pump and "1B" RECW pump running: When RECW heat exchanger outlet pressure is < 118.6 psig, the standby RECW pump auto starts if its control switch is in AUTO without the presence of a LOCA signal. There is no indication of an "An RECW pump trip; therefore, both RECW ~umjJs should be running. OISTRACTOR 1A" RECW pump running. "1B" RECW pump NOT running: There is no indication of an "An RECW pump trip, so the "An RECW pump should be running. The answer is incorrect because when RECW heat exchanger outlet pressure is < 118.6 psig. the standby RECW pump auto starts if its control switch is in AUTO without the presence of a LOCA signal;

           ~c_ _ _ ~ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Jtl~~Elfo~l~_~l_:~~B~_<::;W pUI!:l£ sh()-':!I9_~!:':lil~ ____ ~ ________

OISTRACTOR 1B" RECW pump running. "1A" RECW pump NOT running: The answer is incorrect because when RECW heat exchanger outlet pressure is < 118.6 psig, the standby RECW pump auto starts if its control switch is in AUTO without the presence of a LOCA signal; therefore, the "B" RECW pump should be running. The answer is incorrect because there is no indication of an "An L _______ .L:....R=ECW pump trip; therefore, thl~~~~B~f~lI~_~Sl_lIIQ~~i':lI1!l~~ 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY IlT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order DISTRACTOR "1A" RECW pump NOT running. "18" RECW pump NOT running There is no indication of an "AU RECW pump trip; therefore, the "N' RECW pump should be running. The answer is also incorrect because when RECW heat exchanger outlet pressure is < 118.6 psig, the standby RECW pump auto starts if its control switch is in AUTO without the presence of a lOCA signal; therefo~-,--~~'B" RECW pJ.l~~ould be-,"-l!!1!1l.J:liL_~. __ EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 121 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY IL T09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Question 45 Info Question Type: Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test? No

            *Authorized for jJractice?    No Points:                      1.00 Time to Complete:            3 Difficulty:                  3.00                                                                      I System 10:                   8825 User-Defined 10:             8825 Cross Reference Number:      I  r:.~  ';::,uuI3*MA BPic:

Num Field 1: Num Field 2: RO QUESTION 18 3.0 3.0 f\ , ~ / r. ~~~"'v

                                                                                                    \
                                                                                               .... , ,~!)/ITL
                                                                                                         '-~ \ . i
                                                                                                                     ?
            =Text Field:                  40000 A3.01 ~,rV'~ '-4' I                   \ A    ~ 1Irv--- ~

Comments: 1 _1.-\ V' 7( General Data Technical Reference with ARC 118 SERVICES, H-Revision Number: 3, REAC ENCL COOLING WATER HTX OUT LO PRESS. P&ID 8031-M-13, Rev41 Bechtel Electrical drawing E-565, Rev 10 Cognitive Level L

PRA: (I.e. Yes or No or #) NO 10CFFfS5.43 (N/A for RO) 55.41 (b) 7 Question History: (I.e. LGS NEW NRC-05, OYS CERT -04)

Question Source: (I.e. New, NEW i Bank, Modified) Revision History: Revision NEW History: (I.e. Modified I distractor "b" to make I plausible based on OTPS I

                                           . review)

ILT Supplied Ref (If NONE c-"!Q2ropriate): (I.e. ABN-##) Excluded

Reference:

(I.e. NONE Ensure ON-## not provided) Low KA Justification (if N/A reguired}: EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 122 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 46 10: 8826 Points: 1.00 The following occured on Unit 2: Reactor level dropped to -150 inches All Low pressure ECCS pumps started Both divisions of ADS actuated automatically All ADS SRVs opened Current Unit 2 conditions are as follows: Reactor pressure is 250 psig and lowering Drywell pressure is 15 psig and rising Reactor level has recovered to +20" and is steady ADS Reset Push buttons S3A and S3C, DIW PRESS HIGH RX LEVEL LOW are depressed and released. WHICH ONE of the following describes the expected affect on the ADS SRVs? A. ADS SRVs will close initially but will re-open after 525 seconds. B. ADS SRVs will close initially but will re-open after 105 seconds. C. ADS SRVs will close and remain closed. D. ADS SRVs will remain open. Answer: C Answer Explanation: ANSWER ADS SRVs will close and remain closed: With Reactor Level restored above -129" and ADS logic reset, the ADS SRVs will close and remain closed. With the existing high drywell pressure condition

                                  . (15 psig), ADS will not re-initiate unless vessel level again remains

below -129 inches for 105 seconds.

DISTRACTOR ADS SRVs will close initially but will re-open after 525 seconds: With Reactor Level restored above -129" and ADS logic reset, the ADS SRVs will close and remain closed. Without the existing high drywell pressure condition, ADS would not re-initiate until vessel level again remains below -129 inches for a total of 525 seconds. However, with the existing high drywell pressure condition (15 psig), ADS would re-initiate if vessel level remained below -129 inches for 105 seconds. IDISTRACTOR

                                                                                        ~.-.--

ADS SRVs will close initially but will re-open after 105 seconds: With Reactor Level restored above -129" and ADS logic reset, the ADS will close and remain closed. With the existing high drywell pressure condition, ADS will not re-initiate unless vessel level again remains below -129 inches for 105 seconds. DISTRACTOR ADS SRVs will remain open: With Reactor Level restored above 129" and ADS logic reset, the ADS will close. EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 123 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Question 46 Info Question Type: Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test? 1\10 Authorized for practice? No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete: 3 Difficulty: 3.00 System ID: 8826 User-Defined ID: 8826 Cross Reference Number: LGSOPS0050.IL7B Topic: RO QUESTION 19 Num Field 1: 4.2 Num Field 2: 4.2 Text Field: 218000 A4.03 Comments: General Data Technical Reference with 8031-M-1-B21-1030 Revision Number: F.003.17 8031-M-1-B21-1060-E 003, sh1, Rev 15 8031-M-1-B21-1060-E 004, sh1, Rev 14 8031-M-1-B21-1060-E 005, sh1, Rev 13 Cognitive Level H PRA: (i.e. Yes or No or #) NO 10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO) 55.41 (b) 7 Question History: (i.e. LGS BANK NRC-05, OYS CERT-04) Question Source: (i.e. New, BANK, LIMERICK LOT Bank, Modified) 2558 Revision History: Revision Edited stem for clarity. History: (i.e. Modified Changed order of distractor "b" to make distractors. Changed plausible based on OTPS answer from B to C. review) ILT Supplied Ref (If NONE appropriate): (i.e. ABN-##) Excluded

Reference:

(i.e. NONE Ensure ON-## not provided) Low KA Justification (if N/A required): EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 124 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 47 10: 8827 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows: Reactor power is 41 % and steady RPV level is -70 inches and steady "1 A" and "1 C" RFPs are tripped HS-006-149B, "1 B" RFPT Speed Cont Switch (MSC), has the following indications "MSC SELECT" light is illuminated "MIA SELECT" light is extinguished T=O seconds RPV pressure rises to 1150 psig. WHICH ONE of the following identifies the "1 B" RFP indicators that are illuminated at the specified times? T=30 seconds T=90 seconds A. MSC SELECT MSC SELECT B. MIA SELECT MSC SELECT C. MIA SELECT MIA SELECT D. MSC SELECT MIA SELECT Answer: B Answer Explanation: ANSWER MIA SELECT; MSC SELECT: Correct because "MIA SELECT" light is illuminated during the runback, and the "MSC SELECT" light is illuminated at the completion of the runback. RRCS FW runback will override all MIA permissives and place the RFP in MIA control'during a runback. At the completion of the runback, the RFP will automatically swap back to MSC control. Ref. RRCS logic OP-AID in CRIB. Refer to GP-18 Attachment 3 for setpoint for FW Runback > 1149 psig. DISTRACTOR MSC SELECT; MSC SELECT: Incorrect due to not identifying Feedpump control transfer to MIA and running back to minimum speed during the runback signal. See above discussion. (Partial correct T=90 for MSC Select) OISTRACTOR MIA SELECT; MIA SELECT: Incorrect due to not identifying return to pre-runback modeof MSC select after the completion of the feedback run back. See above discussion. (Partial correc T=30 for MIA Select) EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 125 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order DISTRACTOR MSC SELECT; MIA SELECT: Incorrect due to not identifying Feedpump control transfer to MIA and running back to minimum speed during the run back signal and return to pre-runback modeof MSC select after the completion of the feedback runback.

                                                       -----~          ..-~"-.~"---
            ! Question 47 Info
            ! Question   T~                 Multiple Choice Status:                       Active Alwa~s select on test?        No
            . Authorized for practice?      No    .--.~

I Points: 1.00 i Time to CompJete: 3

                                                                                           --             .~-
            ~fficUltl':                     3.00 I S~~m     IQ_:_. "

User-Defined 10:

            ~ross Reference Number:

I~~~T05~005------* _.- - - - _ . - .

Topic: IRO QUESTION 20 Num Field 1:

Num Field 2: 3.8 3.6

                                                                               +
                                                                                                                    )

Text Field: Comments: 259002 A4.03 0tJ!Vt~LitciT1.L1I1 .~ ( Fi General Data r ffY It- f)/Ul- 1V Technical Reference with ( (Iii' ~. Revision Number: r-----"

                                            . Cognitive Level                     H PRA: (I.e. Yes or No or #)         NO r1OCFR
                                               - . - - -55.43
                                                        - . - .(NfA for RO)       55.41 (b) 7 Question History: (I.e. LGS . BANK 367916
                                             " NRC-05,OYS~ERT-04)
                                                                                                          -l Question Source: (I.e. New,      I BANK
                                             . Bank, Modified}

Revision History: Revision NONE History: (I.e. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS review) ."~ ILT Supplied Ref (If NONE appropriate): (i.e. ABN-##) Excluded

Reference:

(I.e. Ensure ON-## not provided) Low KA Justification (if I required): I NONE N/A

                                                                                                 -3     "

i EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 126 of 195 . 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 48 10: 8828 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows: OPCON 5 Core Shuffle Part II in progress Both the "1 A" and "1 B" RPS/UPS inverters are in service Maintenance has requested to remove the "1 A" RPS/UPS Inverter Power Monitoring System from service to replace a degrading component. WHICH ONE of the following describes the action to be taken, if any and the reason for the action? A. An LCO should not be entered, entry is only required when in OPCONs 1,2 and 3 B. An LCO should be entered due to the removal of the inverter power monitoring system C. An LCO entry is only required when both inverter power monitoring systems are removed from service D. An LCO entry is not required since an alternate power supply is available Answer: B Answer Explanation: ANSWER An LCO should be entered due to the removal of the inverter power monitoring system: Correct because Tech Spec 3.8.4.3 requires two RPS electric power monitoring channels for each in-service RPS inverter or alternate power supply shall be operable. Removing the

• power monitoring channel for the "1 An RPS inverter would require entry into the tech spec action.

OISTRACTOR An LCO should not be entered, entry is only required when in OPCONs 1,2 and 3: Incorrect because the Tech Spec applies to all OPCONs and is applicable at all times. DISTRACTOR An LCO entry is only required when both inverter power monitoring systems are removed from service: Incorrect because the Tech Spec applies to each inverter. i The minimum criteria for the LCO is one inverter power monitoring system removed from service. EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 127 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order DISTRACTOR An LCO entry is not required since an alternate power supply is available: Incorrect because the LCO is not dependant on an alternate source being available. The monitoring channel must be operable even if the alternate source is in service. J Question 48 Info Question Type: Multiple Choice i Status: Active Always select on test? No Authorized for practice? No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete: 3 Difficulty: 3.00 System 10: 8828 User-Defined 10: 8828

                            --------~~~--------

Cross Reference Number: LGSOPS0071.IL13 Topic: RO QUESTION 21

            *Num Field 1:                   4.0                                                                 f Num Field 2:

Text Field: Comments: 4.7 262002 2.2.22 I} 1'\ I II?

                                                                              ,       1\

J~lli"J/f\'f/,\) 1 f/l,,(jA.

                                                                                                     ~LV) q'      n; General Data             ~a\ . . \. lX;
                                            ! Technical Reference with                               \, ~ ~

Revision Number: Cognitive Level L PRA: (Le. Yes or No or #) NO 10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO) 55.41 (b) 5

                                              -~--~~----~~~--~~~------------~

Question History: (i.e. LGS NEW NRC-05, OYS CERT-04) Question Source: (i.e. New, NEW Bank, Modified) Revision History: Revision NEW History: (i.e. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS

                                            . review)

ILT Supplied Ref (If NONE appropriate): (Le. ABN-##)

                                                                               --f~~~------------~

i Excluded

Reference:

(i.e. NONE

Ensure ON-## not provided)

                                          *1 Low KA Justification (if                N/A
                                          ! I required):

I EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 128 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order

                                                                   ~rfv{lrf 49                                             10:  fffvQ.AJ ~V-                           Points: 1.00 WHICH ONE of the following describes the     f~             RPS/UPS static inverter power supplies?

Div 1_250 YDC TSC UPS via 114D-C-F ~J3J)V MCC 114A:G-F A. Normal Supply Secondary Alternate Primary Alternate B. Primary Alternate Secondary Alternate Normal Supply C. Normal Supply Primary Alternate Secondary Alternate D. Primary Alternate Normal Supply Secondary Alternate Answer: C Answer Explanation:

                                    -------~=--:;---~~-~---~~~

ANSWER Normal Supply, Primary Alternate, Secondary Alternate: The DC supply is the normal preferred source. The primary alternate supplies are from the TSC UPS Inverter via MCC 144D-C-F, and the secondary alternate supply is from 480 VAC MCC114A-G-F for the 1A Inverter. OISTRACTOR Normal Supply, Secondary Alternate, Primary Alternate: The DC supply is the normal preferred source. The question is incorrect because the primary alternate supplies are from the TSC UPS Inverter via MCC 144D-C-F, and the secondary alternate supply is from 480 VAC MCC114A-G-F

                ~-~~~~~~--

for the 1A Inverter. OISTRACTOR Primary Alternate, Secondary Alternate, Normal Supply: The DC supply is the normal preferred source. The primary alternate supplies are from the TSC UPS Inverter via MCC 144D-C-F, and the secondary alternate supply is from 480 VAC MCC114A-G-F for the 1A Inverter. OISTRACTOR Primary Alternate, Normal Supply, Secondary Alternate: The secondary alternate supply is from 480 VAC MCC114A-G-F for the 1A Inverter. The DC supply is the normal preferred source, and the. The question is also incorrect because the primary alternate supplies are from the TSC UPS Inverter via MCC 144D-C EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 129 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY I LT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Question 49 Info

                ~-~-~----~----,-----~----------------~----------~------i
             .9tlesticm Tye.~_~ _______-+~~~~~':> ________________________________----------------1 Status:

ATwaysseleE~o_n_te~s-t?~-~-_+~---------------------------_4 Authori~~.<il~_'"9~!L~~_?_ _!_c---'----------------------~-----___________________~________/ Points:

              ~-~~--~-.--------               -------------_._.._ - - - _ . _ - - - - - - -

Time to Complete: Q.~f~':!!!Y~ ______ S-stem 10: =r~~9 ------------~~~~~~~~~

              ~~fsQ~{l:~~~~ NUn,-be:d~~ops6j)lIIL2A, 2~~_~NO~g_____~_~ __-_-=~_=----
                                                   --~------------'----r-4I----

Technical Reference with Revision Number:

                                            ------------------ -------------- -!------~------   --------------/

gQ1ll11~~_L~\,I~I ___________j'---L:c--------_-_---------------_j PRA: Le. Yes..2'".!'le>. or #L 1QCFI3.!?~43 (N/~Jor RQL Question History: (i.e. LGS t'!IiC-O~ OYS CERT-04 Question Source: (Le. New, BanJ<.. Modified) Revision History: Revision NEW History: (Le. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS review) _____________ ILT

                                             ;up;~~~);i~~BN_##) \-~6N=~~~~~~~=

Excluded

Reference:

(Le. NONE E~s~reON4.mnotp~~~e_d~f-,~--------------~ Low KA Justification (if _£~~i!:~C!L ____________ L _________________________' -EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST-------- Page: 130 of 195 20Augusl2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 50 10: 8830 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 and 2 plant conditions are as follows: Loss of Offsite Power (LOOP) has occurred E-10/20, "Loss of Offsite Power" has been entered All Unit 2 Emergency Diesel Generators (EDGs) have started Unit 1 EDGs have NOT started The D21 and D11 4KV Safeguard Buses have been cross-tied, with D21 EDG supplying both D21 and D11Safeguard Bus D21 EDG is currently operating at 950KW The CRS directs "1 A" RHR be placed in Suppression Pool Cooling E-10/20, Alternate Power Supply for any 4KV Safeguard Bus Using any Diesel Generator BUS LOAD RATED KW LOAD CENTERS RATED KW

       --     RHR Pump Core Spray Pump 950 450 D114 D124 525 425 MCR Chiller                   400                    - D134                  650 ESW Pump                      375                    - D144                  800 I-     RHR   SW Pump                   525                    - D214                  350 CRD Pump                      200                    - D224                  325
                                                                   - D234                  800
                                                                   - D244
                                                                                  ,c( s) 7   00
                                                                          ,~vfV~  ,      L WHICH ONE of the following descnbes the ability to place " 1A" RHR In Suppression Pool Cooling while maintaining Diesel Generator load per E-1 0/20?                "

A. "1A" RHR can NOT be placed in Suppression Pool Cooling B. "1 A" RHR CAN be placed in Suppression Pool Cooling and for an indefinite period C. "1A" RHR CAN be placed in Suppression Pool Cooling ONLY AFTER reducing Diesel Generator Load by an additional 300KW D. "1A" RHR CAN be placed in Suppression Pool Cooling but operation is limited to 2 hours in any 24 hour period Answer: B Answer Explanation: ANSWER 1A loop of RHR CAN be placed in suppression pool cooling: Action is required to reduce load on the D21 EDG if total KW exceeds 2850 continuously or if load exceeds 3135 KW for 2 hours in 24 hours. The total load on the D21 Emergency Diesel Generator is < 2850; therefore the 1A loop of RHR CAN be placed in suppression pool cooling IMMEDIATELY and for an indefinite period. EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 131 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order DISTRACTOR 1A loop of RHR CAN NOT be placed in suppression pool cooling: The answer is incorrect because the total load on the D21 Emergency Diesel Generator is < 2850; therefore the 1A loop of RHR CAN be placed in suppression pool cooling. DISTRACTOR "1A" RHR CAN be placed in Suppression Pool Cooling ONLY AFTER reducing Diesel Generator Load by an additional 300KW: While DG load is required to be maintained with the ratings prescribed in E-10/20 the current DG load of 950 KW is suficient to meet the requirements for placing suppresion pool cooling in service.  ! DISTRACTOR 1A loop of RHR CAN be placed in suppression pool cooling IMMEDIATELY if operation is limited to 2 hours in any 24 hour period: IF total load exceeds 3135 KW then EDG operation is limited to 2 hours in a 24 hour period. The answer is incorrect because the total load on the D21 Emergency Diesel Generator is < 2850. Question 50 Info Question Type: Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test? No i Authorized for practice? No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete: 3 Difficulty: 3.00 System ID: 8830 User-Defined ID: 8830 Cross Reference Number: LGSOPS0092A.3A, LGSOPS0092B.1 0 Topic: RO QUESTION 23 Num Field 1: 3.9 Num Field 2: 4.3 Text Field: 262001 A2.03 Comments: General Data Technical Reference with E-10/20, Attachment 3, Revision Number: Rev 44 E-l 2, sh 1, Rev 14 E-13, sh1, Rev 14 Cognitive Level H PRA: (i.e. Yes or No or #) NO 10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO) 55.41 (b) 5 Question History: (Le. LGS NEW NRC-05, OYS CERT-04) Question Source: (i.e. New, NEW Bank, Modified) Revision History: Revision NEW History: (Le. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS review) ILT Supplied Ref (If appropriate): (Le. ABN-##) II EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 132 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Excluded

Reference:

(Le. NONE Ensure ON-#lt~rovided) Low KA Justification (if N/A i required): .--.--. EXAM BANK COMPUTER-TEST Page: 133 of 195

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 51 10: 8831 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows: Reactor power is 100%

                      "A" SBLC pump inadvertently starts 113 COOL A, B-5, CORE SPRAY LINE INTERNAL BREAK alarms WHICH ONE of the following describes the impact on the ability to detect a 1A or 1B Core Spray line break inside the vessel but outside the shroud?

U;opg A. 1A and 1 B Core Spray internal line break detection are BOTH masked. B. 1A and 1B Core Spray internal line break detection are BOTH functional. J..ccp ~)~Lifl' P C. 1A Core Spray internal line break detection is masked. 1B break ~tection is functional. C~ f A. _'#j/.¢( D. 1B Core Spray internal line break detection is masked. 1Wreak detection is functional. '" ," Answer: A Answer Explanation: ANSWER 1A and 1 B Core Spray internal line break detection are BOTH masked: There is a single Core Spray internal line break alarm to annunciate in the event of a failure of Core Spray system piping between the vessel penetration and the core shroud penetration. Excessive differential pressure between A and B Core Spray loops indicate such a failure. SLC injects to the vessel via the B Core Spray sparger; therefore, when SLC inadvertently initiates, pressure in the B Core Spray header would be higher than pressure in the A Core Spr~y header, resulting in the Core Spray line internal line break alarm, masking an actual failure of Core Spray 100p2i~ing for either Core Spray system. DISTRACTOR 1A and 1B Core Spray internal line break detection are BOTH functional: When SLC inadvertently initiates, pressure in the B Core Spray header would be higher than pressure in the A Core Spray header,

• resulting in high differential pressure and the Core Spray line internal line break alarm, masking an actual failure of Core Spray loop piping for either Core Spray system.

DISTRACTOR 1A Core Spray internal line break detection is masked. 1B break detection is functional: When SLC inadvertently initiates, pressure in the B Core Spray header would be higher than pressure in the A Core Spray header, resulting in high differential pressure and the Core Spray line internal line break alarm, masking an actual failure of Core Spray loop piping for either Core SpraJ' s},stem. DlSTRACTOR 1B Core Spray internal line break detection is masked. 1A break detection is functional: SLC injects to the vessel via the B Core Spray sparger; therefore, when SLC inadvertently initiates, pressure in the B Core Spray header would be higher than pressure in the A Core Spray header; however, there is only a Single Core Spray internal line break alarm, masking an actual failure of Core Spray loop piping for either Core

                                     $Q@}' system.

EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 134 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Question 51 Info Question Type: Multiple Choice

            *Status:                      Active Always select on test?      No Authorized for practice?    No i

Points: 1.00 j i Time to Complete: 3 i

            ~bifficulty:                  3.00                                                                i i

System ID: 18831 i User-Defined ID: .8831 i Cross Reference Number: LGSOPS0048.IL4 Topic: RO QUESTION 24 Num Field 1: 3.0 ~ I Num Field 2: 3.2 1. I 11 /)) Ii Text Field: Comments: r" ., 211000 K3.02 c,t"':J..f./ ~1rt1f a !It~11 HIP 'J" 0 /loA r //'1 C f~1fo , General Data ~. -:;::::::: I Technical Reference with ARC 113 COOL A, 8-5 Revision Number: 8031-M-48, Rev 30 8031-M-52, Rev 50 Cognitive Level L PRA: (Le. Yes or No or #) NO 10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO) 55.41 (b) 7

• Question History: (Le. LGS NEW NRC-05, OYS CERT-04)

Question Source: (Le. New, NEW Bank, Modified) Revision History: Revision NEW History: (Le. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS review) ILT Supplied Ref (If NONE appropriate): (i.e. ABN-##) I Excluded

Reference:

(Le. NONE Ensure ON-## not provided) Low KA Justification (if N/A required): I EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 135 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 52 10: 8832 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows:

• Reactor power is 75%
• All systems in normal alignment The "B" Reactor Enclosure Vent Exhaust Duct Radiation Monitor fails downscale.

WHICH ONE of the following describes the status of Reactor Enclosure HVAC (RE HVAC) and Standby Gas treatment (SGTS)? RE HVAC SGTS A. Operating Initiated B. Isolated Initiated C. Operating Standby D. Isolated Standby Answer: C Answer Explanation: ANSWER Operating; Standby: Correct because REHVAC will not isolate on a single channel failure, and SGTS will not initiate on a single channel failure . OISTRACTOR Operating; Initiated: Incorrect due to same as above OISTRACTOR Isolated; Initiated: Incorrect due to same as above OISTRACTOR Isolated; Standby: Incorrect due to same as above EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 136 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 1Question 52 Info c*

            . Question T:tee:               Multiple Choice                                                           I Status:                     Active
             ~wa~elect on test?             No IAU~ho~ized for:.e!:9ctice?     No LPolnts. .                      1.00                        .~~      ..

[Time to Complete: 3 I i Difficul~ 3.00 System ID 8832 User-Defined ID: 8832 ICross Reference Number:-- LGSOPS0048.IL4 CI~ ._. RO QUESTION 25 Num Field 1: 2.8 Num Field 2: 3.1

                                                                  " r ....            ,..          fl        1-...

Text Field: 261000 K1.08 '-)~~\ C~~f ~UO/f.Jr AtWI,41,t.1, 1 Comments: General Data

                                                                                       \   " --

t>. 1) n .4a I~ rw' JJ r--=--~ Technical Reference with Revision Number: I M-1-B21-1090-E-023, sh1, Rev 42 I L.9ognitive Level ~.~_.:_ L

                                            £RA: {Le. Yes or No or #)              NO 10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO)             55.41~
                                            --auestion History: (Le. LGS            BANK,560361 NRC-05, OYS CERT-04).
                                            ~-.

Question Source: (Le. New, BANK,560361 Bank, Modifiedt ~ Revision History: Revision Bank, 560361. Changed History: (Le. Modified the order of the distractor "b" to make distractors. Changed plaUSIble based on OTPS correct answer from ~ review)  : C.

                                            -----                           ILT Supplied Ref (If appropriate): {Le. ABN-##l NONE                    -J Excluded 

Reference:

(Le. NONE Ensure ON-## not provided) Low KA Justification (if N/A

                                                                                                                  .~I I                             3quired~                                                                I I                                                                                                         ,

EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 137 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATIO*N ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 53 10: 8833 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows: Core axial flux is peaked at notch 24 A central Local Power Range Monitor (LPRM) detector at "C" elevation fails from a reading of 70 to a reading of 6 following selection of an adjacent control rod. WHICH ONE of the following describes the impact on APRM and RBM readings? APRM readings RBM readings A. Unchanged Unchanged B. Lower Than Actual Unchanged C. Unchanged Lower Than Actual D. Lower Than Actual Lower Than Actual Answer: D Answer Explanation: ANSWER lower than actual; lower than actual: Correct because if an LPRM detector fails downscale, the affected APRM channel indication is lowered by an amount depending ~ upon the initial LPRM detector reading. The RBM channels will automatically remove any LPRM detector input signal from its local average neutron flux calculation I when the input signal from that LPRM detector drops below 3%. In this case, the output fell to 6% and would be averaged, lowering the RBM output. DlSTRACTOR higher than actual; lower than actual: Incorrect due to APRM indication actually lowering. (Partial correct for RBM reading lower than actual) OISTRACTOR higher than actual; higher than actual: Incorrect due to both APRM and RBM indication actually lowering as discussed above. DISTRACTOR lower than actual; higher than actual: Incorrect due to RBM indication actually lowering due to a lower average of inputs. (Partial correct for APRM reading lower than actual) EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 138 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order I Ques~ion 53 Info Question Type: Multiple Choice I Status: Active

            . Always select on test?        No

[Authorized for practice? No i Points: 1.00 Time to Complete: 3 Difficulty: 3.00 System ID: 8833 User-Defined ID: 8833

            ~

Cross Reference Number: LGSOPS0074A.IL 7A Topic: RO QUESTION 26 Num Field 1: 2.9 Num Field 2: 3.1 /I

                                                                                                                ~

nl i II Text Field: 215005 K5.04 I(.;V-' ~. tl 'Yi?U:.(.;~ .~~,.. Comments: LfflA1 Technical Reference with Revision Number: (At.JFmJ General Data fi"eMi~ LPRM - UFSAR 7.6.1.4.4.1.1.b

                                                                                                     -:fill

( 81 1

                                                                                                                ;1; APRM - UFSAR                   !

7.6.1.4.5.1.1 RBM - UFSAR 7.7.1.6.2.1.1 Cognitive Level L PRA: (i.e. Yes or No or #) NO 10CFR 55:43 (N/A for RO) 55.41 (b) 5

• Question History: (i.e. LGS BANK, 556253 NRC-05, OYS CERT-04)

Question Source: (I.e. New, BANK, 556253 Bank, Modified) Revision History: Revision Bank,556253.Changed History: {I.e. Modified

• distractor "b" to make the order of the distractors. Changed

( plausible based on OTPS correct answer from A ,to ( review) C. ILT

                                            ! Supplied Ref (If                  NONE appropriate): (i.e. ABN-##)

Excluded

Reference:

(i.e. NONE Ensure ON-## not provided) i Low KA Justification (if N/A required): I EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 139 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 54 10: 8834 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows: 75% reactor power Control Rod withdraws are in progress WHICH ONE of the following describes when the B RBM applies gain to its LPRM input signals? A. When a control rod is SELECTED, gain is applied to the average of the LPRM detector inputs until the RBM channel average is equal to 100%. B. During control rod WITHDRAWAL, gain is applied to the average of the LPRM detector inputs until the RBM channel average is equal to 100%. C. If the local LPRM detector signals average to a value LESS THAN the present STP from APRM 1, gain is applied to the average of the LPRM detector inputs until the RBM channel average is equal to 100%. D. If the local LPRM detector signals average to a value GREATER THAN the present STP from APRM 2, gain is applied to the average of the LPRM detector inputs until the RBM channel average is equal to 100%. Answer: A Answer Explanation: ANSWER When a control rod is selected, gain is applied to the average of the lPRM detector inputs until the RBM channel average is equal to 100%: When a control rod is selected, the RBM calculates the average of the related LPRM detectors and calculates a gain factor that will adjust the RBM channel average to 100. The calculated value for the gain remains in effect until another control rod is selected. DISTRACTOR During control rod withdrawal, gain is applied to the average of the lPRM detector inputs until the RBM channel average is equal to 100%: The RBM calculates the average of the related LPRM detectors and calculates a gain factor that will adjust the RBM channel average to 100. However the answer is incorrect because gain is applied when a control rod is selected, and the calculated value for the gain remains in effect until another control rod is selected.

              ~RACTOR              If the 10callPRM detector signals average to a value GREATER THAN the present STP from APRM 1, gain is applied to the average of the lPRM detector inputs until the RBM channel average is equal to 100%: For conservatism, the gain adjustment value will never be less than 1; therefore, if the LPRM input signals average to a value greater than the present simulated thermal power (STP) from the reference APRM, the RBM channel average flux is NOT scaled down but is maintained at the higher value. The answer is also incorrect because APRM 1 is the Qrima!}, reference APRM for RBM channel A.

EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 140 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order rns=T~R~-A:~-:C::--T-O::-R--r-I-::-f-th-e~-~I-o-c-a-I:""L

~P:=-=-R-M-d~e--t-e-c-to-r-s-i--g~-nals-a-v-e~rage-to-a-va-Iue-~~-~---'

GREATER THAN the present STP from APRM 2, gain is applied to the average of the LPRM detector inputs until the RBM channel average is equal to 1000;.,: APRM 2 is the primary reference APRM for RBM channel B. APRM 2 is bypassed, so the first alternate APRM provides STP to the B RBM. APRM 4 is the first alternate reference APRM for RBM channel B. If the LPRM input signals average to a value greater than the present simulated thermal power (STP) from the reference APRM, the RBM channel average flux is NOT scaled down but is maintained at the higher value. Question 54 Info

                                                                                                          --~-          ---~-----------1 f---c_--'-'-_ _ ~_ _-I-"3_.1                                                        ~+                                   ~

215002-'51:02 ~;t;t~/".'tt:4l'IJ1&L-

                                                                                        ~               ~_t.                        fotl~1--:

Comments: -~----------------- _ _--I- ------i>H--+-,ft,I,~, Gene al Data

                                                                          -------~~~~~~-----

Technical Reference with LPRM - UFSAR Revision Number: 7.6.1.4.4.1.1.b RBM - UFSAR 7.7.1.6.2.1.1

                                                                         --.--.-.---------                  ---+--:---~-~----------~.~--_1 Cognitive Lev~L ______ ~~                     L___________~ _______l PRA: (Le. Y~~_orNoor#L                        N_O_ ________~___

10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO) 55.41 b ~ _ _~_ Question History: (Le. LGS Bank,555427 t-J_F3f-05, q'r'~Q.~_I3I-O<!t_ Question Source: (Le. New, Bank, Modified 555427

                                                                   ~§~, Modm~_______

Revision History: Revision Bank,556253.Changed History: (Le. Modified the order of the distractor "b" to make distractors. Changed plausible based on OTPS correct answer from D to review) A. Modified stem and distractors extensively to improve clarity and

                                                                        --~--~.--~~------

discrimination.

                                                                                                                --~--.--------~

______________ILT______________ NONE EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 141 of 195

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Excluded

Reference:

(Le. NONE Ensure ON-## not provided) Low KA Justification (if N/A reguired}: I EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 142 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 55 10: 8835 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows:

• 100% reactor power
• Normal electrical lineup RPS UPS panel 1BY160 is inadvertently de-energized as a result of an under frequency condition.

WHICH ONE of the following identifies the status of the RPS solenoid valves? A. 'A' and 'B' RPS solenoid valves are energized. B. 'A' and 'B' RPS solenoid valves are de-energized. C. 'A' RPS solenoid valves energized. 'B' RPS solenoid valves de-energized. D. 'A' RPS solenoid valves de-energized. 'B' RPS solenoid valves energized. Answer: C Answer Explanation: ANSWER 'B' RPS solenoid valves de-energized. 'A' RPS solenoid valves energized: RPS UPS panel1BY160 powers the 'B' scram solenoids and the 'B' side RPS logic. The RPS logic and scram solenoid vales are de-energized to operate. When 1BYi60 is de-energized, the 'B" RPS scram solenoids are de-energized. Because RPS UPS panel 1AY160 powers the 'A' scram solenoids and RPS logic, the 'A' and i 'B' RPS solenoid valves also remain energized. OISTRACTOR 'A' and 'B' RPS solenoid valves are energized: If the failure had been to the 1A RPS UPS inverter, RPS UPS panel 1BYi60 would have remained energized by its primary alternate power supply. Because RPS UPS panel1AYi60 powers the 'A' scram solenoids and RPS logic, the 'A' and 'B' RPS solenoid valves would also remain energized. The answer is incorrect because 1BY160 is de-I energized, de-energizing the 'B" RPS scram solenoids. OISTRACTOR 'A' and 'B' RPS solenoid valves are de-energized: When 1BYi60 is de-energized, the 'B" RPS scram solenoids are de-energized; however, RPS UPS panel1AY160 powers the 'A' scram solenoids and RPS logic; therefore, the 'A" RPS solenoids remain energized, making the answer incorrect. OISTRACTOR 'B' RPS solenoid valves energized. 'A' RPS solenoid valves de-energized: When 1BY160 is de-energized, the 'B" RPS scram solenoids are de-energized. The answer is also incorrect because RPS UPS panel1AY160 powers the 'A' scram solenoids and RPS logic, which remain energized. EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 143 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY IlT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Question 55 Info i Question Type:  !\.1ultiQle Choice Status: Active Always select on test? No i Autborized for practice? No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete: 3 Difficulty: 3.00

            *System 10:                   8835
            *User-Defined 10:             8835 Cross Reference Number:     LGSOPS0071.2D Topic Num Field 1:

IRO QUESTION 28, I Num Field 2: I \ o ,. . . /7 \ / Text Field: 201001 K2.02 c7Ji,t~t.v\. (-t?z,rL t Lo.M."AIhlt\A '"1/. Comments: v g III OAf' r I.. ........ " General Data i Technical Reference with E-1BY160, Rev. 18 Revision Number: E-32, Sh 1, Rev 56 Cognitive Level L PRA: (I.e. Yes or No or #) NO 10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO) 55.41 (b)7 Question History: (I.e. LGS NEW

                                          . NRC-05, OYS CERT-04)

I n Source: (I.e. New, NEW Bank, Modified) I Revision History: Revision NEW

• History: (I.e. Modified

                                          , distractor "b" to make I plausible based on OTPS review)

ILT Supplied Ref (If NONE appropriate): (I.e. ABN-##) Excluded

Reference:

(I.e. NONE

                                           . . Ensure ON-## not provided)

Low KA Justification (if N/A required): EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 144 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 56 10: 8768 Points: 1.00 WHICH ONE of the following describes a component malfunction that could result in an automatic initiation of the Fire Protection System, and the impact on Personnel Safety? Fire Protection Impact on System MalfYDction Personnel Saf~ A. Failed Sr,:uinkler I::le.ad, Water spraying on energized Aux Boiler Enclosure electrical equipment Wetpipe System B. FCliled SmQ!5.e Detector, C02 will displace Oxygen Cable Spreading Room Cardox System C. Failed Heat Detector, Water spraying on energized 012 Diesel Generator electrical equipment Pre-action Sprinkler System D. Failed Heat Detector, Halon will displace Oxygen Remote Shutdown Panel Halon System Answer: A Answer Explanation: ANSWER Failed Sprinkler Head, Aux Boiler Enclosure Wetpipe System; Water spraying on energized electrical equipment: Correct because sprinkler head failure with Wetpipe system will cause water flow with hazard caused for adjacent energized electrical panels. f---------+".----~__::::__:_~~__-~:__=__-~____:: ----~ DISTRACTOR Failed Smoke Detector, Cable Spreading Room Cardox System; C02 will displace Oxygen: Incorrect due to failed smoke detection not actuating Cardox. (Partial correct for C02 displace Oxygen) DISTRACTOR Failed Heat Detector, 012 Diesel Generator Pre-action Sprinkler; Water spraying on energized electrical equipment: Incorrect due to failed heat detector only actuating the pre-action system. An additional failure of a sprinkler head would be required for initiating flow. EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 145 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order DISTRACTOR Failed Heat Detector, Remote Shutdown Panel Halon System; Halon will displace Oxygen: Incorrect due to a single failed heat detector will not intiate Halon suppression. (Partial correct for Halon will displace Oxygen) Question 56 Info

            ! Ouest ion Type:              i Multiple   Choice
               ~t~hl<::'                   lActiv~

Always select on test? No Authorized for prac!Lc~l No

            ~ Points:                         1.~

lime to Com[)lete: 3 Difficulty: 3.00

            ~,stem       10:                 8768 User-Defined 10:              8768 Cross Reference Number:       LGSOPS022.05 Topic:                         Fire n~lC"Y1 system rYlalfunction Num Field 1:                  3.2 Num Field 2:                  3.4                  ~-t.c          II /1 of  I               0' Text Field:                    286000, K3.02 .~- ;'";z4-i1[ 11/~W'tJrj"--j~1-kU                    , .. ~.

Comments: General Data L' I. c.r-n:u~oY\ 7 r l1 Technical Reference with Revision Number: M-22 S22.1.B I(?~tt~ r-S22.1.C CO..9.nitive Level L PRA: (I.e. Yes or No or #) N 10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO) RO 55.41 (bT7 Question History: (I.e. LGS NEW t'JRC-05, OYS CERT-04) ~. Question Source: (i.e. New, NEW Bank, Modified) Revision History: Revision N/A History: (I.e. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS review) ILT ~-~-- Supplied Ref (If NONE

                                             ~yproeriate}: {I.e. ABN-##}       ~                            ~~

GExcluded

Reference:

(I.e. NONE Ensure ON-## not erovided} i Low KA Justification (if l\ltA

                                             ~uired}:                                         ~ .. ~-.~"~,--"~--

EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 146 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 57 10: 8836 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows:

     - 8GO-206-1 (Unit 1 RE) is open
     - 8GO-506-2 (Unit 2 RE) is open
     - 8GO-206-3 (Refuel Floor) is open
     - Unit 2 RF Ventilation is in service
     - Zones 1 and 3 HVAC Isolation Interlocks are cross-tied WHICH ONE of the conditions will cause an isolation of Unit 1 RE HVAC and Unit 1 RF HVAC?

A. Unit 1 Refuel Floor Vent Exhaust Rad level at 1.8 mr/hr B. Unit 2 Refuel Floor Vent Exhaust Rad level at 2.2 mrfhr C. Unit 1 Reactor Enclosure Vent Exhaust Rad level at 1.2 mr/hr O. Unit 2 Reactor Enclosure Vent Exhaust Rad level at 2.4 mr/hr Answer: B Answer Explanation: ANSWER Unit 2 Refuel Floor Vent Exhaust Rad level at 2.2 mr/hr: Correct because rad level is above the isolation setpoint of 2.0 mr/hr and an isolation condition on either U/1 or U/2 Refuel Floor will cause an Isolation of RF ventilation on both units. With the 8GOs open and the Zone Isolation Interlocks cross-tied between Zone 1 and Zone 3, this will also Isolate the Unit 1 Reactor Enclosure I HVAC. OISTRACTOR Unit 1 Refuel Floor Vent Exhaust Rad level at 1.8 mr/hr: Incorrect due to Rad level condition below the isolation setpoint for Refuel Floor. OISTRACTOR Unit 1 Reactor Enclosure Vent Exhaust Rad level at 1.2 mr/hr: Incorrect due to Rad level below the isolation setpoing of 1.35 mr/hr for Reactor Enclosure. OISTRACTOR Unit 2 Reactor Enclosure Vent Exhaust Rad level at 2.4 mr/hr: Incorrect due to no cross-tie to either Refuel Floor or Unit 1 Reactor Enclosure Vent zones although the Rad level is above the setpoint. EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 147 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY IL T09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Question 57 Info Question Type: Multiple Choice Status: Active i Always select on test? No *

            . Authorized for practice?    No Points:                     1.00 Time to Complete:           3                                                                   i Difficulty:                 3.00 System 10:                  8836 User-Defined 10:
            -c***

8836 Cross Reference Number: LGSOPS0078.IL3

            *Topic:                       RO QUESTION 30
                                                                  /

Num Field 1: Num Field 2: 3.7 3.8 /11 . /' J l D I , Text Field: Comments: 288000 K4.02 \,' fiJItvJ if j7JY'1 Iv"""'- ~"{.l~ oj, () -:di t f-...:: General Data 'i (,...N r1 II Technical Reference with M-1-B21-1090-E-02~~ Revision Number: sh1, Rev 42 P&IDM-76 I

                                                                                                        ~I)    ~

Cognitive Level L Ct PRA: (I.e. Yes or No or #) NO 10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO) 55.41 (b) 7 Question History: (I.e. LGS BANK NRC-05, OYS CERT-04) Question Source: (I.e. New, Bank,557532 Bank, Modified) Revision History: Revision Changed sequence of History: (I.e. Modified distractors. Changed distractor "b" to make answer from A to B .

• plausible based on OTPS I review)

ILT Supplied Ref (If NONE appropriate): (I.e. ABN-##) Excluded

Reference:

(I.e. NONE Ensure ON-## not provided) Low KA Justification (if N/A required): EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 148 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 58 10: 8837 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows: Reactor power is 100%. Pressure at the Pressure Averaging Manifold (PAM) is 990 psig. EHC Load Set is 105%. Max Combined Flow is 115%. Load Limit is 105%. The Load Limit potentiometer is reduced to 94% SWorn _ _ _I ih_1e

        ~

Oil.' WHICH ONE of the following describes the status of the Control Valves and Turbine Inlet (PAM) Pressure? A. 85% steam flow 990 pSig B. 94% steam flow 990 psig C. 85% steam flow 885 psig

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order D. 94% steam flow 885 psig Answer: B Answer Explanation: ANSWER 94% steam flow, 990 psig, 94% of rated load: Reducing Load Limit potentiometer by 6% closes control valves 6%, reducing turbine load proportionally. With reactor power constant, the bypass valves open by the same amount to maintain pressure at the Pressure Averaging manifold (PAM). The PAM is located upstream of the control valves and bypass valves; therefore, pressure will remain unchanged as the bypass valves open to compensate for control valve closure. DISTRACTOR 85% steam flow, 990 psig, 85% of rated load: Steam flow is reduced and pressure at the PAM is unchanged; however, the answer is incorrect because reducing Load Limit potentiometer by 6% closes control valves 6%, reducing turbine load proportionally. DISTRACTOR 85% steam flow, 885 psig, 85% of rated load: If reactor power had been reduced by 15%, the reduction in steam flow would have resulted in a PAM pressure reduction of 1 psig for every 3% reduction in steam flow as the control valves closed; however, with reactor power constant, if the control valves are closed by the Load Lim it potentiometer, the bypass valves will open by the same amount, maintaining pressure constant at the Pressure Averaging manifold (PAM). The answer is also incorrect because reducing the Load Limit potentiometer by 6% closes control valves 6%, reducing turbine load proportionally. DISTRACTOR 94% steam flow, 888 psig, 94% of rated load: Reducing Load Limit potentiometer by 6% closes control valves 6%, redUCing turbine load proportionally; additionally, if reactor power had been reduced by 6%, the reduction in steam flow would have resulted in a PAM pressure reduction of 1 psig for every 3% reduction in steam flow. The answer is incorrect because reactor power is constant and the control valves were closed by the Load Limit potentiometer; therefore, the bypass would valves will open to maintain pressure constant at the Pressure Averaging manifold (PAM). EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 150 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Question 58 Info

              ----------------~--~~~------------------------------~

Question Type: Status: Num Field Text Field: Comments:

                                       -TeChnfca~n~eference~~~~aJ >%Cl~~AfDS-95-008-----1 Revision Number:               P&ID 8031-M-1, sh1. Rev 56 C29!llti",~ _________-,-:---+_ _

_PRA: (i.e. Yes_o~fi~or #) I'!~ __________ 19~£~~~43 (N.ft\J2t"_~~ 55.4"!J.QL~ __> _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Question History: (Le. LGS Bank, Modified f\L~~Q§-,-Qr~ CERT-04) ~ Question Source: (Le. New, Bank, LIMERICK LOT

                                        ~-'l~~-2~fied) _______         2277 Revision History: Revision     Modified stem and History: (Le. Modified         distractor to align distractor "b" to make         question more directly plausible based on OTPS        with KIA. Changed review)                        sequence of distractors.

Changed answer from A to B.

                                                                 --~~~----------~

ILT EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 151 of 195

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 59 10: 8839 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows: LOCA is in progress Drywell temperature is 260°F "iA" Loop of RHR is in Suppression Pool Cooling "1 B" Loop of RHR is in Drywell Spray "1 An and "1 B" Loop of RHRSW is in service Suppression Pool temperature is 105°F and dropping slowly Drywell pressure 14.6 psig and dropping quickly The "B" RHRSW Radiation monitor fails, resulting in an INOP trip. WHICH ONE of the following describes the impact on Suppression Pool temperature and Drywell pressure? fuillpression Pool Temperature Drywell Pressure A. Continues dropping Continues dropping oJ- (i, g¥t~,.l) /'>A B. Continues dropping Will stabilize or rise . ,~ C. Will stabilize or rise Continues dropping

                                                                                            .J--"

CI'1, ' stlv 1\,:. D, Will stabilize or rise Will stabilize or rise Answer: A Answer Explanation: ANSWER Continues droppingl Continues dropping: A trip of the 1B RHRSW process radiation monitor trips the "B" RHRSW pumps, resulting in a loss of "B" RHRSW ONLY. The "A" loop of RHR is unaffected. The effectiveness of drywell spray is

              !                        maintained due to the significance impact of evaporative cooling, OISTRACTOR            Continues droppingl Will stablize or rise: A trip of the 'I B RHRSW process radiation monitor results in a loss of "B"

• RHRSW ONLY. RHRSW is lost to the "B" RHR loop; however, the effectiveness of drywell spray is maintained due to the significanceimpac~of evaporative cooling.

OISTRACTOR Will stablize or rise, Continues dropping: If the "AU RHRSW pumps had tripped, suppression pool cooling would be negatively impacted by the loss of RHRSW; however, a trip of the 1B RHRSW process radiation monitor results in a loss of "B" RHRSW ONLY, and the "AU loop of RHR is unaffected. RHRSW is lost to the "B" RHR loop; however, the effectiveness of drywell spray is maintained due to the significance impact of evaporative coofing. EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 152 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order

                                                                        -----~----::----::--:---::      .-:----:-:::-~,

DISTRACTOR Will stablize or rise, Continues dropping: A trip of the 18 RHRSW process radiation monitor results in a loss of "B" RHRSW ONLY, and the "An loop of RHR is unaffected. RHRSW is lost to the "8" RHR loop; however, the effectiveness of drywell spray is maintained due to the

            '---_ _ _ _ _ _-'----s..,.iL.n_ifi_c_an_c_e impact of eV§.florative cooling.

[Question -S9-ln~fo-_-~-_-_-=- --------------------------==1 Question Type: Multiple Choice - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - i Status: r------------.---- Active

                                                   ---------~-----------~----------__l 1

Always select on test?_ _+--I'J_O___________________ __ . AuJ-,!orized for practice? No - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ,I I Points: Num Field 2: Text Field: Co-m-m-e-nt-s-:-----~ 28

w-o-oT-K-6-.1-1-+HUf---H-c-:¥-~......--~-.....-JM~If-4-~~-Mc....lA- ~-

l l /'

                                                                                                                                /'
                                                                                                                             "-C~
                                                   ---------------------1--.----------~---____j Co nitive Level PRA: (Le.ves-o-r-'-'N:-o-o-r-'-#~)--+-:~------

10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO Question History: (Le. LGS Bank, Modified NRC~05, OYS CERT-04 )'------+______-~--- Question Source: (i.e. New, Bank, LIMERICK LOT Bank, Modified) _ _ _~-+-..;...67_1_4_ ___ Revision History: Revision Modified stem and History: (Le. Modified distractors significantly to distractor "b" to make align question with KIA. plausible based on OTPS Changed sequence of review) distractors. Changed wording of answer and distractors to add clarity. Changed answer from B to A.

                                                                                                -------~----

ILT NONE

                                                                     =-r:"':"':=-=-==.i.--f---_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _-j N/A EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST                            Page: 153 of 195                                        20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 60 10: 8840 Points: 1.00 Unit 2 plant conditions are as follows: GP-2, STARTUP is in progress A control rod at position 24 will NOT move per S73.1.A. Normal Operation of the Reactor Manual Control System (RMCS). No rod blocks exist RMCS is functioning normally

      . no c movement is attem           . cordance with ON-104     CO~D PROBLEMS. ('~~

WHICH ONE of the following indications can be used to CONFIRM the control rod is stuck~~~ A. No change in nuclear instrumentation f'0 () ~.i4 "ILt,JL B. Elevated CRD drive water pressure fIJ\C-V~h

                                                                                                      .?,/

I C. ROD OVERTRAVEL alarm D. 4 gpm CRD drive water insert flow ~ fr y{.r- ,)

                                                                                                         ~rAD Answer:         A                                                                           OfJ Answer Explanation:

I ANSWER No change in nuclear instrumentation: Stuck control rod may be indicated by loss of expected nuclear instrumentation response during rod movement. DISTRACTOR Low CRO drive water pressure: Insufficient pressure might indicate a clogged CRD drive filter or a failed CRD flow control valve; however. it is not a direct indication that a control rod is stuck. OISTRACTOR ROD OVERTRAVEL alarm: Overtravel is an indication of an uncoupled control rod. DISTRACTOR 4 gpm CRD drive water insert flow: 4 gpm is the normal value for the insert of CRDs it does not direct indicate that a control rod is stuck. EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 155 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Question 60 Info

             ~

Question Type: Multiple Choice Status: Active i Alwavs select on test? No

            ! Auth()rized for practice?           No Points:                             1.00 Time to COf"r'lplete:               3 I Difficulty:                         3.00 System ID:                         18840 User-Defined ID:                    8840 Cross Reference Number: LGSOPS0047.IL7 Topic:                              CR,p Im~act on ~ower Num Field 1:                        3.7 Field 2:              3.8 Field:                201003 A 1.01 Comments:

General Data

• Technical Reference with ON-l04 BASES, Rev.

Revision Number: 41 gognitive Level L PRA: (I.e. Yes or No or #) NO 10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO) 55.41 (b)5

                                                  . Question History: (I.e. LGS       Modified NRC-05, OYS CERT-04)

Question Source: (i.e. New, Modified (3ank, Modified) Revision History: Revision Bank, Modified two History: (i.e. Modified distractors to improve the distractor "b" to make discriminating value of the plausible based on OTPS question: Changed high review) CRD drive water flow to low flow, and changed low CRD pressure to high CRD pressure. Changed sequence of distractors. Changed answer from D to A. ILT i Supplied Ref (If NONE

                                                   ~r<:l~riate}:    (I.e. ABN-##)

Excluded

Reference:

(I.e. NONE _ Ensure ON-## not provided) Low KA Justification (if N/A

                                                   ~guired}:                                                        I EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST                             Page: 156 of 195                                   20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 61 10: 8841 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows:

                  -               Reactor power is 100%.                                                            "

An Equipment Operator reports that Hydrogen Injection System t~~~~ H2 flow is elevated to five times normal levels. t~1k:.. ~

                                                                                                ~              a'l-~/

W~ICH ON!;.pf the following describes .the expected.plant response anQ.:tRe :Ealf'~d operator let......

        ~ Ph"                                          t                   ~vf                f.       ?4:J3~~-.v1'J.
 ~
                                                                                                    ~Ut             ~'C   .~
                                                                                                                   '..e ~     ?

r, A. A rise in Offgas System temperatures ONLY: Enter ON-103, CONTROL OF SUSTAINED COMBUSTION IN THE OFFGA SYSTEM. I B. A rise in Offgas System hydrogen concentration ONLY: Enter ON-103, CONTROL OF SUSTAINED COMBUSTION IN THE OFFGAS SYSTEM. C. A rise in Main Steam line radiation ONLY: Enter ON-102, AIR EJECTOR DISCHARGE OR MAIN STEAM HIGH RADIATION. D. A rise in Reactor Water Conductivity ONLY: Enter ON-116, HIGH REACTOR WATER CONDUCTIVITY. Answer: C Answer Explanation: ANSWER A rise in Main Steam Line radiation ONLY: Enter ON-102, AIR EJECTOR DISCHARGE OR MAIN STEAM HIGH RADIATION.: The primary mechanism by which H2 injection causes a temporary rise in MSL & consequesntly SJAE radiation monitor levels is the transition from oxidizing to reducing conditions in the reactor which cause a temporary reverse in the transport of N13, affecting the radiation monitors. This transition occurs between 5 and 20 SCFM of H2.lf a Hydrogen Water Chemistry System malfunction exists, ON-102 directs tripping of the HWC Injection System. After HWC flow rates stabilize the SJAE radiation levels should return to normal levels or lower in _~0?i2ximately 2!Lminutes_ ______ ... __________. DISTRACTOR A rise in Offgas System temperatures ONLY: Enter ON-103, CONTROL OF SUSTAINED COMBUSTION IN THE OFFGAS SYSTEM: Combustion in the Offgas System is indicated by a sudden drop in Offgas Sy~em hydrogen concentration . DISTRACTOR A rise in Offgas System hydrogen concentration ONLY: Enter ON 103, CONTROL OF SUSTAINED COMBUSTION IN THE OFFGAS SYSTEM: The volume of Hydrogen injected via the HWC Injection System is insignificant in comparison with the volume of hydrogen and Oxygen generated in the reactor and evacuated from the Main Condenser via the SJAEs. -E-XA-MBANK C=O::7M=P':"::UT=E=R'"""TEST Page: 157 of 195

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order r DISTRACTOR 1~:rise in Reactor Water Conductivity: Enter ON-116, HIGH ~ REACTOR WATER CONDUCTIVITY. Conductivity would only rise due to activated resin or other organic breakdown products passing through the reactor. . . f ueslon

             .--~--.

611no f Question Tx:ee: Milltinip. Choice Status:

                ----~---~.--           ..
                                             !Active Alw~s select on test?           No Authorized for Qractice?        No Points:                           1.00 Time to Com[llete:              3 Difficulty:                     3.00
            -c:::
            §I_stem ID:                       8841 User-Defined fD:                8841
            -.Cross    Reference Number:. LGSQE..S1550.IL 1                                                       I
                             ~.--.

Topic: RO QUESTION 34 Num Field 1: 2.6 I Num Field 2: I Text Field:

             ~------------

2.8

                                              ?J2000A2.JJL...
                                                                  . -f..di'
                                                                      '" --u(; t.v4':;;;;r .
                                                                                                  ~.
                                                                                                         ,.. ~~
                                                                                                                  ~   y Comments:                       r-.--..               .      4:, J ,4' (J A "n" ;;'1      .J ~ tli /!

i 3'~eneralpa~ .... - v IV '-to If

                                               --=--.               .---.

Technical Reference with ON-102 BASES, Rev. Revision Number: 29

                                                 '<;:ognitive Level __....           H PRA: (Le. Yes or No or #)         NO_
                                               ~R 55.43 (NfA for RO)                 55.41 (b)5 Question History: (Le. LGS         NEW NRC-05, OYS CERT-04}

Question Source: (Le. New, NEW Bank, Modified) Revision History: Revision NEW History: (Le. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS review}

                                                                   .-----~~-~

ILT Supplied Ref (If NONE appropriate): (Le. ABN-##) Excluded

Reference:

(Le. NONE f-Ensure ON-## not provided) Low KA Justification (if 1\l/A required): I EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 158 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 62 10: 8842 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows: Drywell pressure is 7.5 psig and rising slowly RPV pressure is 475 psig and lowering RPV level lowered to a minimum of -65 inches, before recovering to current level of +35 inches.

           "1A" RHR is in suppression pool spray per T-225 Pressure upstream of HV-51-1 F017A is 285 psig Reactor pressure continues to lower steadily.

WHICH ONE of the following describes the response of the RHR Full Flow Test Return Valve (HV-51-1 F024A) and RHR suppression pool spray valve (HV-51-1 F027A)? HV-51-1 F024A HV-51-1F027A A. Closes at 359 psig Closes at 359 pSig B. Remains open Closes at 455 psig C. Closes at 455 psig Remains open D. Closes at 455 psig Closes at 455 pSig Answer: D Answer Explanation: ANSWER Closes at 455 psig; Closes at 455 psig: Correct because LPCI Initiation signal is 2! 1.68 psig drywell pressure and S 455 psig reactor pressure. HV-51-1 F024A will auto close in response to a LPCI initiation signal. HV 51-1 F024A will auto close in response to a LPCI initiation signal. HV-51-1F017A will auto open in response to a LPCI initiation signal .fmd the differential pressure across the valve is < 78 psid. DISTRACTOR Closes at 359 psig; Closes at 359 psig: Incorrect due to LPC! Initiation signal is 2! 1.68 psig drywell pressure and S 455 psig reactor pressure. HV-51-1 F024A will auto close in response to a LPCI initiation signal. HV-51-1 F024A will auto close in response to a LPCI initiation signal. HV-51 1F017 A will auto open in response to a LPCI initiation signal find the differential pressure across the valve is < 78 psid. 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order

=-==:-::-:::-:::::-=-=--""'t-=-.----.--.-.--~-.~.----.---.--.~---.

DISTRACTOR Remains open; Closes at 455 psig: Incorrect due to LPGI Initiation signal is <:: 1.68 psig drywell pressure and ::; 455 psig reactor pressure. HV-51-1 F024A will auto close in response to a LPGI initiation signal. HV-51-1F024Awill auto close in response to a LPGI initiation signal. HV-51 1F017A will auto open in response to a LPGI initiation signal and the differential pressure across the valve is < 78 psid. DISTRACTOR Closes at 455 psig, Remains open: Incorrect due to LPGI Initiation signal is <:: 1.68 psig drywell pressure and ::; 455 psig reactor pressure, HV-51-1F024Awill auto close in response to a LPGI initiation signal. HV-51-1F024Awill auto close in response to a LPGI initiation signal. HV-51 1 FOi7A will auto open in response to a LPGI initiation signal and the differential pressure across the valve is < To Numic:Field--1-:- - - ---I-'::-'-::......;;;;:..::..:=c..:...c...:..'-.:---"---.----~ __~_~._ _ _ ~ _ _ _ _ _ ~ N-u-m-F-ie-ld-2-:------~~.~----------------~.-----~-----~---~ Text Field: Gomments: c=-==------=--- Technical Reference with GeneraTOata-------,-- 8031-M-1-E 11-1040 Revision Number: 005, sh1, Rev 25 8031-M-1-E 11-1040 015, sh1, Rev 34 8031-M-1-E11-1040 016, sh1, Rev 33 NO,---,---~-~-~--~--,- 1-----::::"'-'=-'---=c-:--==:-'-:c...L.::..:....;,.~'__'::'=_:~+_=_55::...:",41 (b) 7~ _ __ Question History: (Le. LGS BANK NRg~.Q5, OYS GERT-04L--+-:::-:-:---:-.~, _____._____ Question Source: (Le. New, BANK, 558262 Bank, Modified Page: 160 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Revision History: Revision BANK, MODIFIED History: (Le. Modified 558262. Changed drywell distractor "b" to make pressure and reactor plausible based on OTPS pressure in the question review) stem. Added HV-51 1F024A to question stem and distractors. Modified distractors and answer to include conditions where HV-51-1 F024A and HV 51-1F027A do not respond to a LPCI signal and instead remain open. Changed answer from A

                                     .~-.---"

to D.

                                                                      ,--,----~----

ILT Supplied Ref (If NONE

                                    ~!:QPriate): (i.~~ABN-##)

Excluded

Reference:

(Le. NONE Ensure ON-## n0..!.l>rovided) ~- Low KA Justification (if N/A required): EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 161 of 195 ,-.------~------ 20August2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 63 10: 8843 Points: 1.00 Plant conditions are as follows: Both CREFAS subsystems are OPERABLE "A" CREFAS fan hand-switch is in AUTO "B" CREFAS fan hand-switch is in STBY A manual chlorine isolation has been initiated on all four channels per S7B.B.A, MANUAL INITIATION OF CONTROL ROOM RADIATION OR CHLORINEITOXIC CHEMICAL ISOLATION. The "C" chlorine isolation channel failed to trip WHICH ONE of the following describes the status of the "A" and "B" CREFAS fans two (2) minutes later based on the above conditions?

                      'A' CREFAS FAN                          ~B' CREFAS FAN A.       Running                                     Not running B.       Not running                                 Not running C.       Running                                     Running D.       Not running                                 Running Answer:          D Answer Explanation:

ANSWER Not running; Running: Correct because The 'A' CREFAS fan will receive a start Signal from only the C isolation channel. The 'C' channel failed to trip; therefore, the 'A' CREFAS fan did not start. The 'B' CREFAS fan will receive a start signal from only the D isolation channel. The 'D' channel did trip; therefore, the ,B' CREFAS fan did start. DISTRACTOR Running; Not running: Incorrect due to information above OISTRACTOR Not running; Not running: Incorrect due to information above DISTRACTOR Running; Running: Incorrect due to information above EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 162 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Question 63 Info Question Type: Multiele Choice Status: Active Always select on test? No Authorized for practice? No i Points: 1.00 Time to Complete: 3 Difficulty: 3.00 J System 10: 8843 User-Defined 10: 8843 I Cross Reference Number: LGSOPS0078.1L4 Topic: RO QUESTION 36 Num Field 1: 3.2 Num Field 2: 3.2 __ n (/I tI /, u./j .1' tt~ Text Field: 290003 A4.01 L.~j;{fvYl-..ft1/ ftC-- Cv(t"LV/ !ft'I"'J Comments: ./111 Aat .L..!_ ..ILJ I"}t.I-General Data~.A£......".../ ~ tX' istj; Technical Reference with Bechtel Drawing, E-4~ Revision Number: sh1, Rev 18 l Cognitive Level H

• PRA: (I.e. Yes or No or #) NO 10CFR 55.43 {N/A for RO} ~55.41 (b) 7 Question History: (i.e. LGS- BANK NRC-05, OYS CERT-04)

I Question Source: (i.e. New, BANK,561566 Bank, Modified) Revision History: Revision BANK, 561566. Changed History: (i.e. Modified order of distractors. distractor "b" to make Changed answer from B plausible based on OTPS to D. review) I ILT Supplied Ref (If NONE appropriate): (i.e. ABN-##) Excluded

Reference:

(i.e. NONE Ensure ON-## not provided) Low KA Justification (if N/A required): EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 163 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 64 ID: 8844 Points: 1.00 LGS Unit 2 plant conditions are as follows: OPCON 5 Fuel Shuffle is in progress for Unit 2 Fuel Pool Cooling (FPC) is in service with "1A" and "1C" FPC pumps running The following Annuciators are r~d: 212 Cleanup K-5, Fuel Pool Cooling Pumps Trouble 212 Cleanup 1-5, Fuel Storage Pool Hi/Low Level EO reports Both Fuel Pool Cooling pumps have tripped, and confirms lowering Fuel Pool Level WHICH ONE of the following correctly describes the procedures required to be entered for the above conditions? A. 01\1-125, Loss of Fuel Pool Cooling ONLY B. ON-120, Fuel Handling Problems AND ON-111, Loss of Secondary Containment ONLY C. ON-125, Loss of Fuel Pool Cooling AND ON-120, Fuel Handling Problems ONLY D. ON-125, Loss of Fuel Pool Cooling AND ON-120, Fuel Handling Problems AND ON-111, Loss of Secondary Containment Answer: C Answer Explanation: ANSWER ON-125, Loss of Fuel Pool Cooling AND ON-120, Fuel Handling Problems ONLY: Correct because ON-125 is entered on Indication of loss of capability to maintain Fuel Pool temperature, which is appropriate due to loss of FPC pumps. ON-120 is entered due to Unanticipated reduction of Spent Fuel Pool Water Level. DISTRACTOR ON-125, Loss of Fuel Pool Cooling ONLY: Incorrect due to being partially correct. ON-125 is entered, BUT ON-120 entry is also required. DISTRACTOR ON-120. Fuel Handling Problems AND ON-111, Loss of Secondary Containment ONLY: Incorrect due to being

                                . is partially correct, BUT lowering level in the fuel pool does i not impact Secondary Containment.

I I EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 164 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order DISTRACTOR ON-125, Loss of Fuel Pool Cooling AND ON-120, Fuel Handling Problems AND ON-111, Loss of Secondary Containment: Incorrect due to being partially correct. see above. Question 64 Info I Question Type: Multiple Choice i Status: Active Always select on test? No Authorized for practice? No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete: 3 _.

            *Difficulty:                3.00 System 10:                 8844 User-Defined 10:           8844 Cross Reference Number:    LGSOPS0053.IL5 Topic:                      Fuel Pool Cooling. Abnormal pr()cedure entry Num Field 1:               3.6 Num Field 2:               4.6                               b             n Text Field:                233000 2.4.4 ~..J ~,~J' l:t,~.h ['-{"tiJ f.rt11 (1"T~ ~

Comments: £At bL ('.-/I (~ ,'. lJ\ 11 ~ General Dena ...... -- TV r fJ Technical Reference with ON-120, Revision Number: ON-125 Cognitive Level L PRA: (i.e. Yes or No or #) 1\10 10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO) 55.41 (b) 10 Question History: (Le. LGS NEW NRC-OS, OYS CERT-04) Question Source: (Le. New, NEW

• Bank, Modified)

Revision History: Revision NEW History: (i.e. Modified distractor UbI> to make plausible based on OTPS review) ILT I Supplied Ref (If NONE

                                         ~roeriate!: {Le. ABN-##)

Excluded

Reference:

(Le. NONE Ensure ON-## not provided) Low KA Justification (if N/A required): EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 165 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 65 ID: 8845 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows: Reactor power is 100% 127 OFF GAS 1! A-2, 1 Unit HEPA Filters Trouble alarms on high differential pressure. . Charcoal Adsorber Outlet flow on FR69-115 on 10C673 indicates 0 SCFM. Off-Gas System pressure on PR69-115 on 10C673 is rising. WHICH ONE of the following describes the expected status of PCV-141A, RECIRC TO COND, and the expected impact on Main Condenser vacuum? PCV-141A Main Condenser vacuum A. Full Open Improving (More vacuum)

8. Full Closed Improving (More vacuum)

C. Full Open Degrading (Less vacuum) D. Full Closed Degrading (Less vacuum) Answer: C Answer Explanation: ANSWER Full Open, Degrading (Less vacuum): The scale on Recirculation to condenser PIC-07-141A is 0-100%. This corresponds to a pressure setting of 0 10 psig. The normal Setpoint for PIC-07-141A(8) is 7.0 psig. At 10 psig demand, PCV-141A would be full open. Indications are that the Off Gas HEPA filter is fouled and off gas flow has gone to zero; therefore, over time, non-condensable gasses will accumulate in the main condenser, and vacuum will degrade (lowering I vacuum). DISTRACTOR Full Open, Improvi,,9 (More vacuum): See Above DISTRACTOR Full Closed, Improving (More vacuum): See Above DISTRACTOR Full Closed, Degrading (Less vacuum): See Above EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 166 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order I Question 65 Info I Question Type: Multiple Choice i Status: I Active

            ~wa:ts select on test?          No I Authorized for practice?      No I Points:                       1.00 Time to CoITlplete:           3
            ~icul~:                         3.00                                                         .

I S:tstem 10: 8845 [9ser-Oefined 10: 8845 I Cross Reference Number: LGSOPS0069.7A

            *Topic:                         RO QUE:STIQN38 Num Field 1:                  3.5
            , Num Field 2:                  3.5 Text Field:                   271000 K3.01 Comments:

General Data I Technical Reference with P&IO M-69, sh 1, Rev 48 I Revision Number: P&IO M-70, sh 2, Rev 32 P&IO M-07, sh 1, Rev 47 I Cognitive Level H PRA: (i.e. Yes or No or #) NO I 10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO) 55.41 {b} 7 Question History: (i.e. LGS Bank,561322 I NRC-05, OYS CERT-04) Question Source: (i.e. New, Bank,561322 Bank, Modified) Revision History: Revision Modified stem to indicate History: (i.e. Modified HEPA filter blockage distractor "b" to make sufficient to result in a plausible based on OTPS loss of ability to evacuate review) non-condensable gasses from the main condenser, ultimately resulting in degrading condenser vacuum. Modified stem and distractors to require interpretation of PIC-07 141A status as a result of riSing Off gas pressure. Changed correct answer I from 0 to C. ILT

                                            . Supplied Ref (If                   NONE I a(:!~ro~riatel: {i.e. ABN-##)
                                            . Excluded 

Reference:

(i.e. NONE I Ensure ON-## not provided)

                                            ~w KA Justification (if              N/A I   required~

l . EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 167 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 66 10: 8852 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows: Reactor startup in progress Control Rod 30-31 is at position 30 and is being continuously withdrawn to position 44. WHICH ONE of the following identifies the earliest indicated notch position at which the continuous withdrawal signal is REQUIRED TO BE REMOVED to ensure that the control rod stops at the target position? A. 44 B. 42 C. 40 D. 36 Answer: C Answer Explanation: ANSWER 40: Correct because per S73.1.A NOTE number 3 in section 4.3, Continuous Withdraw (Non Channel Distortion Rod), the withdraw signal is removed two notches before its target position. Single notch withdraw(s) are then performed to place the control rod in its target position. Starting at position 30 with target position 44, the required stop point is at notch position 40. DISTRACTOR 44: Incorrect due to contrary to procedure and per information above. DISTRACTOR 42: Incorrect due to contrary to procedure and per information above. DISTRACTOR 36: Incorrect due to a lower position than the required position for stopping continuous withdrawal. EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 169 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Question 66 Info Question Type: Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test? No Authorized for practice? No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete: 3 Difficulty: 3.00 System ID: 8852 User-Defined ID: 8852 Cross Reference Number: LGSOPS0073A.IL4B C=--: Topic: RO QUESTION 66 Num Field l' 4.6 1/ Num Field 2: 4.6 n ..l 1"\ A /"\ . Text Field: 2.1.20 aYn,~ IiYL:'~ (~~ <~/AV~t/ Comments: I J II 'i/ General Data Technical Reference with S73.1.A, Rev 47 Revision Number: Cognitive Level L PRA: (I.e. Yes or No or #) NO 10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO) 55.41 (b) 6 Question History: (i.e. LGS Bank NRC-05, OYS CERT-04) Question Source: (I.e. New, Bank,55460 Bank, Modified) Revision History: Revision Bank,55460.Changed History: (i.e. Modified order of distractors. distractor "b" to make Changed correct answer plausible based on OTPS from B to A. review) ILT Supplied Ref (If NONE appropriate): (i.e. ABN-##) Excluded

Reference:

(I.e. NONE Ensure ON-## not provided) Low KA Justification (if N/A required): EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 170 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 67 10: 8853 Points: 1.00 Plant conditions are as follows: MCR has been evacuated Cooldown has commenced on both units Unit 1 RPV pressure is 685 psig at the RSP Unit 1 RPV water level indicates +30 inches at the RSP Unit 1 RPV water level is held constant and cooldown rate established at the MAXIMUM allowed (100 0 FI hr) SE-1 ATL~CHMENT 3 100 'FfHr COOLDOWN RATE NOMINAL COOLDOV\IN RATE NOTE SLOPE OF COOLDOV\IN RATE

                 ~'                                       CANNOT BE STEEPER THAN TYPIC,a.L LINE SHOV\IN.

50 ol~ I T i~' <<10( °F.thr E M 400

                     >10 °F.1'lr
                                  ~              RPV COOLDO\i\tN RATE I

P I~ (OF) 1-- 1-- ~-

                                        --~1- -- I - -                 I- - I 300
                                                     ~

SHUTDQV\.II'IJ COOLING

                                                           .~
                                                                                  } PERMISSIBLE 200 o             1             2          3 TIME (hours)

WHICH ONE of the following identifies the EARLIEST time Shutdown Cooling can be initiated? A. 2.5 hours from now B. 2.25 hours from now C. 2.0 hours from now D. 1.75 hours from now Answer: D

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Answer Explanation:

                                                                    ~-~-----.--~-----

ANSWER 1.75 hours from now: 685 psig corresponds to 700 psia. From steam tables, 700 psia is approxim ately 500°F. From Attachment 3, a line starting at 500°F with the sa me slope as the "Normal Cooldown Rate" would intersect the "Shutdown Cooling Permissible" line at the 1.75 hour point. --------*-------~I rnSTRACTOR 2.0 hours from now: From Attachment 3, a line starting at 500°F intersecting the "Shutdown Cooling Permissible" line at the 2.0 hour point would have a slo~e less steep than the "Normal Cooldown Rate." DISTRACTOR 2.25 hours from now: From Attachment 3, a line starting at 500°F intersecting the "Shutdown Cooling Permissible" line at the 2.25 hour _point would have a slope les s stee~ than ~he "Normal Cooldown Rate." DISTRACTOR 2.5 hours from now; From Attachment 3, a line starting at 500°F intersecting the "Shutdown Cooling Permissible" line at the 2.5 hour point would have a slope mu ch less steep than the "Normal Cooldown Rate." Question 67 Info QuestionT~ Multiple Choice Status: [,._-_._ Active Alwa~select on test? No

            ~horized for practice?          No
            ~nts:                           1.00 I Time to Complete:             3
            ! Difficult~{                   3.00 f§~stem 10:                     8853.

I User-Defined 10: 8853 I Cross Reference Number: LGSOPS2000.lL4 ITopic: _. RO QUESTION 67 -~-.--.- Num Field 1: 4.3 Num Field 2: 4.4 n I _ .L

                                                                                                             -~
                                                                                                                ~.

fJ ( Text Field: 2.1.23 Mv~~fII !M~

                                                                             .;S.f~ . q~     .~'"   t  t1vft.-l Comments:                                                        Iff)                 I f-=--:---

( eneral Data

                                                                               -~.-                        -

Technical Reference with SE-1, Section 4.8, Rev Revision Number: 63, Attachment 3 rcognitive Level H -~.- PRA: (I.e. Yes or No or #} NO

                                            ~FR 55::t3 (N/A for RO)             55.41 (b) 10
                                            , Question History: (I.e. LGS       Bank, Modified NRC-05, OYS CERT-04)

Question Source: (I.e. New, Bank, Modified, Bank, Modified) LIMERICK LOT 0582 EAAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 172 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Revision History: Revision Bank, LIMERICK LOT History: (Le. Modified 0582. Modified starting distractor "b" to make pressure in question plausible based on OTPS stem. Modified stem to review) directly test application of SE-1, Attachment 3. Modified all distractors so that each offers a different final pressure. Changed correct answer from C to A. -. ILT Supplied Ref (If Steam Tables , t appropriate~. ABN-ft.itl. Excluded

Reference:

(i.e. NONE Ensure ON-## !lot £!:Qvided~ Low KA Justification (if NtA

                                   . required)

I EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 1730f 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 68 10: 8855 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows: Plant is in an unscheduled shutdown, OPCON 4. Preparations are underway to conduct unscheduled, special testing of the Unit 1 LOCAILOOP logic. A Special Test Director, an NRC licensed operator, has been assigned to coordinate test preparations and direct test activities, interfacing with Operations Shift Management, Work Control, and other departments as required. Test preparations §nd performance are expected take five full days to complete. WHICH ONE of the following can be used to obtain specific operations management expectations and guidance on the authorities and responsibilities of operations personnel for the duration of this non-routine operating condition? A. Standing Orders B. Pre-Job Briefs C. Shift Training Briefs D. On-shift Just-in-time training Answer: A Answer Explanation: r-::-:-:-::::--:::=-*-----**- . ANSWER Standing Orders are longer-term, written directions from Operations Management to Shift Crews which include but are not limited to:

                                                   #I  Non-routine station/unit operating condition,

• Temporary administrative requirements, Authorities and responsibilities not included in procedures.

DlSTRACTOR --r-pre-Job Briefs is a format for verifying Procedure Prerequisites I--~_~ _ _ _ _-+-a.::;.n..:..d,_Precautions are understood prior to commencin an evolution. DlSTRACTOR Shift Training Briefs are a method of quickly disseminating important information. The STB is mainly used when the time to ____________ ~ .<=Ii~.r:i.~~~the information to the operators is limited. . - - c : - - - - - j OISTRACTOR On-shift Just-in-time training provides training to Operations personnel on topics that do not require a formal classroom or simulator setting. This facilitates more focused training in the formal programs and provides an opportunity for direct instruction in the plant. Typical on-shift training topics may include, but are not limited to, operation of new tools or equipment, performance of a

              '--_____._..__.._--'-_new task, and applicati0I'l_()f_0~\,\I_~~5lIJ_c!.Ir~~~~., electrical safet .

EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 174 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Question 68 Info

             --.--~-----r----~-~-----.----~------------l
             ~uestiol}~~~ ______+-:..c=.-:.:J::c..=--::;-,..:..,,-:..:o.::.._~ _ _ _...._ _ _......_ _ _ _ _ _ _..- - - 1 Status:

Authoriz:~d for practice?_-l---'-___________._____.._~_ _ _~____--/ Points:

              - - - . - - - . - - - ..~_~~.-------.----.---------.---.--.-__1 TimetoComp~le~te_:____~~--.---__--~------------.~.--__i Difficulty:

Af,cP;qli-7Fii~ ~~~ ..

                                            *---------General Data tI ~
                                                                                                                              )

Technical Reference withlOP-AA-102-104, A v Revision Number: Pertinent Information ~ Program, Rev 1 I

                                                                                                         .---~

Cognitive Level L ,

                                                                                                  ===--=--==~
                                                                        ~-~

PRA: (Le. Yes or.No or #) 10C£13 55.43 (N/A for RO NO

                                                                                            '?~!U!DJQ ___.____            :

Question History: {i.e. LGS NEW NRC-05, OYS CERT-04 Question Source: (i.e. New, NEW i Bank, Modified --.L--=_~_-+ Revision History: Revision NEW History: (i.e. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS reviewL_ _..~ _ _._ Supplied Ref (If ILT NONE a ro riate): (i.e..: ABN-##L-+--:-:-::-:-_'_ _ ._._~ _ _- - I Excluded

Reference:

(Le. NONE

                                            ~n.s_ure Of'j.:.'f:!.# not rovided)

Low KA Justification (if N/A reguired):~ __ .~. _ _ _--,____ EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST . Page: 175 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 69 10: 8854 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows: Plant is in OPCON 1. RT-6-055-380-1. HPCI Drain Pot Flow Orifice Test is in progress. An EO reports that he has found a normally LOCKED OPEN valve (55-1F036) that appears to have been manually backseated hot. A short section of string is attached to the valve hand-wheel; however, no tag can be located. WHICH ONE of the following describes means by which intentional backseating of 55-1 F036 could be verified? A. Check P&ID 8031-M-55. B. Check the Locked Valve Log. C. Check the Equipment Status Tag Log. D. Check for an open clearance on HPCI. Answer: C Answer Explanation: r----------r----------~-------------.- ANSWER Check the Equipment Status Tag Log: Correct because perOP-LG-10B-101-1004 paragraph 2.6.2 any valve backseated while hot requires an Action Request with an associated Equipment Status Tag applied.

              --::=-;.--------r..:

OISTRACTOR Check P&IO 8031-M-5S: Incorrect due to discussion above and no specific backseating requirements annotated.

               'DiSTRACTOR            Check the Locked Valve Log: Incorrect due to no specific requirements for valve backs eating in the Locked Valve Log.

r---:-::---'------.~- ~-. "--'---"'--.-~-'---' . OISTRACTOR Check for an open clearance on HPCI: Incorrect due to no indication that a clearance would be in place on a component when perform the RT for Drain Pot Flow Orifice. EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 176 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Question 69 Info Question Type: Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test? No Authorized for practice? No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete: 3 Difficulty: 3.00 System 10: 8854 User-Defined 10: 8854 Cross Reference Number: LGSOPS2010.IL Topic: RO QUESTION 68 Num Field 1: 3.9 N---"u......m_FI'-'-.e---"ld'-'2=-:_ _ _ _~--'-4'-=.3--___J'\_jI'\4__n__,,, i-i 10-, / , . , ) I) 1.--- Text Field: 2.2.15 W LVi L.. ct.J,J.".".. P .Jl.?'1I'1/V /.--- ) Comments: .J {I ~ _~, A A.A. ~ ~'r:I D Gene~IO::fata } "I-, II Tec~~ical Reference with

• OP-AA-108-101 -f1I- ,..;::;I::tJ ~

ReVIsion Number: f G

                                                                                                                                    /)        I Cognitive Level                          L                       f)~- . ~ ~       A.>J PRA: (i.e. Yes or No or #)               NO                    -(.py. ~-,-

10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RC>> 55.41 (b) 10 Question History: (Le. LGS NEW NRC-OS, OYS CERT-04) Question Source: (i.e. New, NEW Bank, Modified) Revision History: Revision NEW History: (Le. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS review) ILT Supplied Ref (If NONE appropriate): (Le. ABN-##)

                                                              . Excluded 

Reference:

(Le.  ! NONE i Ensure ON-## not provided) I Low KA Justification (if N/A L.@9.uired): ~ ___---"-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _-1 EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 177 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 70 10: 5193 Points: 1.00 WHICH ONE of the following situations is controlled with a Troubleshooting, Rework & Testing (TRT) Form? A. Mod Acceptance Testing the "B" RWCU Pump following installation of a new design pump seal B. Manually throttling RHRSW flow through the RHR Heat Exchangers for baseline flow determinations C. Station Work Order requiring removal of a fuel injector from the D11 D/G for use on the D13 D/G D. D14 LOCAILOOP Plant Evolution/Special Test (PEST) Answer: B Answer Explanation: ANSWER Manually throttling RHRSW flow through the RHR Heat Exchanger for baseline flow determinations: Correct because MA-AA-716-004, establishes a standard systematic approach for performing Troubleshooting on new and long-standing equipment problems including failures, abnormal operating conditions, negative performance trends and recurring events. The problems may be identified from varying sources, such as in response to another department's request (phone, written, or in person), during a system walkdown, a Work Request (WR) I Action Request (AR), or assigned through an Issue Report (IR). 1.3. This procedure provides guidance for a broad spectrum of conditions ranging from simple troubleshooting with a component isolated from service to complex cases that could involve multiple work groups and equipment that remains in operation with potential impact on other equipment. 1.7. A troubleshooting plan that requires discovery of information prior to the development of the next step, does not constitute a requirement for transition from simple to a complex troubleshooting plan. Simple troubleshooting may address several failure modes or activities due to the type i and quantity of information that needs to be obtained to

• narrow the troubleshooting scor::pe::c.::-=-::-::-:-:

DISTRACTOR Mod Acceptance testing the "8" RWCU Pump following installation of a new design pump seal: Incorrect due to A-C-29, or MOD-C-5, Mod acceptance testing covers Mod acceptances. I EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 178 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order

            -DISTRACTOR           Station Work Order requiring removal of a fuel injector from the 0*11 DIG for use on the 013 DIG:

Incorrect due to the station work order process and clearance application for personnel safety would be required for this evolution. DlSTRACTOR D14lDCAllOOP Plant Evolution/Special Test (PEST): Incorrect due to A-C-29, or MOD-C-5, Mod acceptance I testing covers PESTs.

            '---_ _ _ _ _ ""'----_~""_ _"_"_ _ _ "."_ _._ _._ _._ _ _ _ __..JI
            \Question 70 Info                                                                                               ~

I Question-T-y-p-e-'-~--,-M-ultiple Choice - - - . - - . - - - - - - - - - - - 1

Status: --- . Active

                               ~~-~~-~---------------------------~----

Always select on test? No r-~~-~---~~_r--------~-----------------------~-

Authorized for practice? No

            ~ts:                             ~.OO Ilime .to Complete:             *3 Difficulty:                   i 4.00
             -=c--"
             ~stemID_:___.                   ~193     ---"-------------------------1 User-Defined 10:                5193 Cross Reference Number:         LLOT1570.06 T     '.                     \ Identify the condition is controlled with a Troubleshooting, OpIC.                        Rework & TestLQ9JTRT) Form?                                        . . _..~ - - - ;
             ~ Fiel~~_.~. ___. ~.9/2.6                             ~. {} I                                 .~ ___._ _
             .!j.Ym Field 2:                  3.6 I 3.8               l,:\fVl'f-Jbt.:~ (I 11 -I-- I                  j    .[.11 Text Field:                     2.2.7 12.2.20 m.                             --r~...A.. ,/&/)/re- f/ IZ.t/"f'-1i..!r'7 Comments:                                                        U )                         :/
                                              ~"                . ___ general~-                        . .~__-~:---":::12r:Pr*~-~ J:~   :.>

Technical Reference with MA-AA-716-004 -") ) Revision Number:

                                              -cognitive Level"                                   L Justification for Non SRO                          55.41 (b) 10 CFR Link:

Question History: (I.e. LGS BANK NRC-05, OYS CERT-04) Question Source: (I.e. New, BANK Bank, Modified) Low KA Justification (if N/A required): Revision History: Revision BANK History: (I.e. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS review) ________-:-=L-.-_ _._._ _ _ _ _ _ __ ILT Supplied Ref (If None appropriatel.il:.e"'-.__A_B-'-N"""C"---'-##-'l)'--+-_ _ _ _ _~"_ __i Excluded

Reference:

(I.e. MA-AA-716-004 Ensure ON-## not provided) LORT PRA: (I.e. Yes or No or #) No EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 179 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order LORT Question Section: (i.e, A-Systems or 8 Procedures) Question 70 Table-Item Links NRC EXAM - 10 CFR 55 Operators' Licenses CFR: 41.10 Administrative, normal, abnormal, and emergency operating procedures for the facility. 10 CFR 55.41 RO WRITTEN EXAMINATION 10 CFR 55.43 SRO WRITTEN EXAMINATION CFR: 43.3 Facility licensee procedures required to obtain authority for design and operating changes in the facility. CFR: 43.5 Assessment of facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during normal, abnormal, and emergency situations. CFR: 45.13 Demonstrate the applicant's ability to function within the control room team as appropriate to the assigned position, in such a way that the facility licensee's procedures are adhered to and that the limitations in its license and amendments are not violated. General Question Data Limerick Lower RO SRO EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 180 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 71 10: 8856 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows: Plant is in OPCON 5 Fuel is being loaded into the core /

                            "1 A" SRM count rate is 4 cps and has a signal-to-noise ratio of 3.5 "1 B" SRM was declared inoperable last shift due to spiking "1 C" SRM count rate is 2.6 cps and has a signal-to-noise ratio of 2.5 "1 D" SRM count rate is 2 cps and has a signal-to-noise ratio of 1.6.

3.0 I- I I IIIII 1.'

                      . ., I I I I J I I I 2.'

2.' " I I 22L{1 I I I I f

                  ~J\        J     j         r           I IIIl i    I  .,   \                             f 1 I                    t
          §            \                                                    t II ..,I I                                If f    I      I    I IIj I
                               \ ,

[\.

             -1
                 .J                                     f 1 . t I' ......                       fl         I            t I I o .iO.             I rt: , ,

o

                     , f J                  f      ,    I                ,
                     *    ,      I

• II* I
• 14 IttI&1. .... .out IAftO

                                     ... CIXIIII' JodI ..... hGI& to 'IDUI      u:rm nGIJU     ",1...1 WHICH ONE of the following describes the impact on FUEL LOADING into the core?

A. Fuel may be loaded into "A", "C", or "0" core quadrants ONLY. B. Fuel may be loaded into "A" or "C" core quadrants ONLY. C. All fuel loading must be suspended IMMEDIATELY. EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 181 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order O. Fuel loading may CONTINUE in any quadrant. Answer: C Answer Explanation: ANSWER All fuel loading must be suspended IMMEOIATELY: "0" SRM is inoperable since it does not have at least 3 cps, and, does not have adequate signal-to-noise ratio per TS figure 3.3.6-1. With "B" and "0" SRMs inoperable, fuel movement cannot be performed in any quadrant, since LCO 3.9.2 requires an SRM operable in the quadrant where fuel is being moved, and in an adjacent quadrant. OISTRACTOR Fuel may be loaded into "Au, "C", or "0" core quadrants ONLY: See Above OISTRACTOR Fuel may be loaded into "An or "C" core quadrants ONLY: See Above OISTRACTOR Fuel loading may CONTINUE in any quadrant: See Above Question 71 Info i Question Type: Multiple Choice I Status: Active Always select on test? No Authorized forpractice? No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete: 3 oifficuI!l:: 3.00

            ~~tem 10:                        8856 User-Oefined 10:               8856 Cross Reference Number:        LGSOPS0074.10A                                                     I Topic:                         RO QUESTION 75 Num Field 1:                   3.4 Num Field 2:                   p       ~,,\,      Il J I J      I           I    "'--

Text Field:  ;<- 2.2.40 ) WtJi.--(A '1- rr ~

                                                                                    ,         I \

Comments:

                                        \.           /                   //               v J   /
                                                                         ~eneral Oata Technical Reference with         Tech Spec 3.9.2 Revision Number:                 TS figure 3.3.6-1 i

Cognitive Level H PRA: (I.e. Yes or No or #) NO 10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO) 55.41 (b)6 Question History: (I.e. LGS BANK, LIMERICK LOT NRC-05, OYS CERT-04) 7306 Question Source: (I.e. New, BANK, LIMERICK LOT Bank, Modified) 7306 Revision History: Revision Edited stem to maintain History: (i.e. Modified consistent formatting. distractor "b" to make Changed order of plausible based on OTPS distractors. Changed review) correct answer from B to C. EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 182 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order

                                   ,I                                ILT iI  Supplied Ref (If                  NONE
                                     . aJ:;I~ro~riate): (Le. ABN-##)

IExcluded

Reference:

(Le. NONE  : Ensure ON-## not provided)

                                   *1 Low KA Justification (if           N/A required):

EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 183 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY IlT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 72 10: 3312 Points: 1.00 Unit 2 plant conditions are as follows: Reactor power is 60% A security guard calls the control room and reports a door to the Main Condenser Area was found uncontrolled and accessible General Radiation in this area is 1500 mrem per hour WHICH ONE of the following shall be immediately -------~ performed? A. inform the Shift Manager and search the area for personnel B. inform RP Supervision and initiate access control of area C. inform Industrial Risk Management and evacuate area D. inform Security and initiate an audit of Level II Keys Answer: B Answer Explanation: ANSWER Inform RP supervision and initiate access control of area: Correct because if an HRAllHRANHRA cannot be controlled by a barricade or locked door, then consistent with step 4.1.1.2. above, it may be controlled by direct surveillance of the boundary. However, in those situations, the area must still be posted in accordance with RP-AA 376. Any individual who determines that an HRAlLHRANHRA is not being controlled adequately shall notify RP immediately (while maintaining positive control over the area to the extent possible during this notification period). After notifying RP, the individual shall return to the area and maintain positive HRAlLHRANHRA access control of the area, without personal endangerment. until an RP representative arrives. In addition. the incident shall be documented as part of the Corrective Action Program.

                                                         -----~--~~~--~--~-~-~---~--~-~-~

DISTRACTOR inform Shift Manager and search the area for personnel: Incorrect due to required action to notify RP immediately and maintain positive control over the area

                    -------           -----~----~---~------------"'----         ----~

DlSTRACTOR inform Industrial Risk Management and evacuate area: Incorrect due to required action to notify RP immediately and maintain positive control over the area EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 184 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order DISTRACTOR inform Security and initiate an audit of Level II Keys: I Incorrect due to required action to notify RP immediately and maintain positive control over the area i 011 ...: II 72 Info I Ouestion Type: Multiple Choice Status:

            ~Iways select on test?                No i Authorized for practice?            No Points:                             1.00 I Time to Complete:                   3 rDifficul~                            3.30 r=:=::~~ --~-=~~====~====-====:=======--===================l i System ID:                          3312 User-Defined ID:                    :3312 Cross Reference Number: LOT1760.04 TMocked High Radiation Area is found uncontrolled and
            . Topic:                             Iaccessible. shall be immediately performed? .

Num Field 1: 3.2 -----1 Num Field 2: ~ ----... " Text Field:

            ~~=            ____              ./ '") ~ ...-1'")£.'-=~
                                      ---(;//f-+£.="',J:~ 1='
                                                                  /  _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ~ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Comments:\. - 1-=---:---:---:-=_-::--_ _. .cG;-:-;ec.. n;. ,:.e.;. ; ra:.:,I.: :,D.--:.;ata . ==l Technical Reference with RP-AA-460, RP-AA-376, I Revision Number: RP-LG-460-1060, 1-::----::-,--:- -.,----~-----t-:-~.-------__I

                                                  . Cognitive level                                             L
                                                  ~CFR55                                                            10CFR55.41       !.b~12_---t Question History: (i.e. LGS                                   BANK NRC-05, OYS CERT-04)

Question Source: (Le. New, BANK Bank. Modified) Low KA Justification (if N/A requiredL_ _-=-.-c--c-_-+--c,..-,--:-:-:--:--_ _._ _ _ _--t Revision History: Revision BANK History: (i.e. Modified distractor UbI! to make I I I plausible based on OTPS review) ~ Suppiied Ref (if appropriat~ (Le. ABN-##L Excluded

Reference:

(Le. J .~_.~_~_ NONE------

                                                                                                                                '~---~------1 Ensure ON-## not provide<:j                                                .----------1 LORT PRA: (i.e. Yes or No or #)                                      No LORT Question Section:

(Le, A-Systems or B I Procedures) I

              ~.. -----------~-----------------------~

EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 185 of 195 20 August 201 0 ~

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Question 72 Table-Item Links LO Question Cat~ 97 C HP Higher Initial Limerick RO SRO Page: 186 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 73 10: 4985 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows: Reactor Power is 100% Hydrogen Water Chemistry in service Main Steam Rad Monitor readings (RR-41-1R603) are as follows: 1A 3574 MRlhr 1B 1770 MRlhr 1C 1750 MRlhr 1D 1780 MRlhr Unit 1 Main Steam Line RAD Monitor I MS Monitor Background HWC Factor 1.5 (x) HWC Factor of 1 x Background ::: with HWC in-service i i 1A 1153 MR/hr 1.0 1729 MRlHr I 1B 1164 MRlhr 1.0 1746 MRlHr 1C 1159 MRlhr 1.0 1738 MRlHr I 1D 1153 MRlhr 1.0 1792 MRlHr (Operator Aid 8-01-014) WHICH ONE of the following descibes the Expected Annuciators for the above conditions? A. 109 Rad F-1, Main Steam Line DIV I Rad Monitor HI/Downscale ONLY B. 109 Rad F-1, Main Steam Line DIV I Rad Monitor HI/Downscale AND 109 Rad F-2, Main Steam Line DIV II Rad Monitor HI/Downscale ONLY C. 109 Rad F-1, Main Steam Line DIV I Rad Monitor HI/Downscale AND 107 Reactor 1-1, Main Steam Line HI-HI Radiation ONLY D. 109 Rad F-1, Main Steam Line DIV I Rad Monitor HI/Downscale AND 109 Rad F-2, Main Steam Line DIV II Rad Monitor HI/Downscale AND 107 Reactor 1-1, Main Steam Line HI-HI Radiation Answer: D Answer Explanation: EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 187 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order ANSWER 109 Rad F-1, Main Steam Line DIV I Rad Monitor HI/Downscale: Correct because this ANN is received due to 1.5 x NFPB, on RISH 411 K603A, B. A & B channels both exceed this value AND 109 Rad F-2, Main Steam Line DIV II Rad Monitor HI/Downscale: Correct because this ANN is received due to 1.5 x NFPB, on RISH 411 K603C, D. C & 0 channels Exceeds this value AND 107 Reactor 1-1, Main Steam Line HI-HI Radiation: Correct because this ANN is received due to 3 x NFPB, on Any RISH 411K603A, B. C, D. The 'A' Channel exceeds this value DISTRACTOR 109 Rad F-1, Main Steam Line DIV I Rad Monitor HI/Downscale ONLY: Incorrect due to reasoning above.

                                  , Additional annunciator I

DISTRACTOR 109 Rad F-1, Main Steam Line DIV I Rad Monitor HI/Downscale AND 109 Rad F-2, Main Steam Line DIV II Rad Monitor HI/Downscale ONLY: Incorrect due to reasoning above. Additional annunciator DISTRACTOR 109 Rad F-1, Main Steam Line DIV I Rad Monitor HI/Downscale AND 107 Reactor 1-1, Main Steam Line HI-HI Radiation ONLY: Incorrect due to reasoning above. Additional annunciator Question 73 Info Questio~e: Multiple Choice Status: Active AI",!~ys select on test? No Authorized for practice? No Points: 1.00 Time to ComEllete: 4 Difficulty: 4.00 System 10: 4985 User-Defined. .10: 4985 Cross Reference Number: LLOT0720.02 Topic: . - MSL Hi rad tr' i r Num Field 1: 2.9 Num Field 2: 2.9 J\O fL"f-.J AJ I II A I Text Field: B2.3.5 ff*Vtt~~ ~ I\~ f)//~, c Comments: d , . J I General Data J I Technical Reference with ARC 109 F-1, F-2

• Revision Number:

COJlnitive Level H Justification for Non SRO 55.41 (b) 11 CFR Link: EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 188 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Question History: (I.e. LGS NEW NRC-OS, QYS CERT-04) Question Source: (I.e. New, NEW Bank, Modified) Low KA Justification (if N/A i reguired): Revision History: Revision NEW History: (I.e. Modified distractor "b" to make

                                         . plausible based on OTPS I review)

I ILT I I Supplied Ref (If NONE appropriate): (i.e. ABN-##) I I Excluded

Reference:

(i.e .

• Ensure ON-## not provided)

LORT PRA: (I.e. Yes or No or #) No LORT Question Section: (I.e, A-Systems or B-Procedures) Question 73 Table-Item Links NRC EXAM - 10 CFR 55 Operators' Licenses CFR: 41.11 Purpose and operation of radiation monitoring systems, including alarms and survey equipment. CFR: 41.12 Radiological safety principles and procedures. 10 CFR 55.41 RO WRITTEN EXAMINATION 10 CFR 55.43 SRO WRITTEN EXAMINATION CFR: 43.4 Radiation hazards that may arise during normal and abnormal situations, including maintenance activities and various contamination conditions. CFR: 45.9 Demonstrate or describe the use and function of the facility's radiation monitoring systems, including fixed radiation monitors and alarms, portable survey instruments, and personnel monitoring equipment. General Question Data Limerick Lower RO SRO EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 189 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 74 10: 5998 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 initial plant conditions are as follows: Reactor power is 80% RPV pressure is 1027 psig "1 Bit Outboard MSIV has failed closed. Current conditions are: Reactor power is 81 % 107 REACTOR G-2, "REACTOR HI PRESS" has alarmed, and will not clear One bypass valve is 40% open WHICH ONE of the following describes the required immediate operator action? A. Place the Reactor Mode Selector Switch to "SHUTDOWN" B. Raise EHC Pressure Set until one Bypass Valves is fully open C. Depress Bypass Valve jack "OPEN" pushbutton to fully open one Bypass Valves D. Reduce Reactor power until RPV pressure is below "REACTOR HI PRESS" setpoint Answer: D Answer Explanation: ANSWER Reduce Reactor power until RPV pressure is below "REACTOR HI PRESS" setpoint: Correct because Annunciator response directs OT-102 entry after verifying high pressure on PI-42-1 R605 on 10C603 panel. Per the OT-102 entry conditions the Immediate Operator Actions are required per section 2.1, Reduce Reactor power in accordance with GP-5, Steady State Operations and RMSI to maintain Reactor pressure less than 1053 pSig. Per the ARC, the alarm setpoint for Reactor Hi Press is 1053 psig with a reset of 1051 psig. The second Immediate Operator Action per section 2.2, Control Reactor Pressure below 1053 psig with bypass valves using the jack or by reducing pressure set. This would require "opening" the BPVs. DISTRACTOR Place the Reactor Mode Selector Switch to "SHUTDOWN": Incorrect due to no indication of exceeding an RPS scram setpoint for Reactor Hi Pressure Trip and no procedure direction in OT-102. EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 190 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order DISTRACTOR Raise EHC Pressure Set until one Bypass Valves is fully open: Incorrect due to wrong direction of operation to open Bypass Valves. Procedure direction is for controlling pressure to lower pressure below 1053 psig.

             ---~---c-=-=-- --~------~-                                                                  ~~--       -----1 DISTRACTOR             Depress Bypass Valve jack "OPEN" pushbutton to fully open one Bypass Valves: Incorrect due to no specific procedure direction to fully open a Bypass Valve.

OT-102 only requires controlling Reactor pressure below 1053 psig following the power reduction. Opening a BPV without regard to pressure would not be correct. Question 74 Info S~stion Type: _ _ _--+-'-Mc;..;u:c;..lt:cLip:~I'_=_e~Cho,=_'ji_=_=_ce________~ ____________ ~ __ - - _ _ 1

            ~_ta_tu_s_:~,._, _ _ _ _ _      .-+I=-=

A<;futc.:..:..::e___.__.. _ __________._.___ ~____ _ _ J Always select on test? No i

            ~horized for practi_c__     e~_?_-+_N-'-o_______________._______---ii Points:                            1.00
            ~to Complete: _ _-l--:::.3--:-:_________~_______~~,______!
            ~iffi~: .                            3.00
            ~S stem 10:                          5998 User-Defined 10:                   5998                                         I  I \     /l    LJ                    j)          / J...

Cross Reference Number: LLOT1540.02 ~l I LA:. ~- J f11,rTJ e.e4J.t.* ~ Unit 1 initial Reattor power is 80% RPV pressure is 1027 A:c{5; Topic: -;-:-__._._ _~. _ _tJpc..;ls'::'ig"'--"1-.cB'-".Outboard MSIV has failed closed Num Field 1: 14.0 ---. Num

            ,,=:'

Field 2: 14.0 T~)(~r=_ie_ld_:_~~ ____+=.::..::2~..:::.;;;:c5~::-G.:--=-:.2~..4...:;.c.,.4-'-=-9-~~.--~.---_~ ___ ~ _____- I Comments:

--=--;-._ _ _ _ _. General Data c.::::._ _ _ _.._ _. _

Technical Reference with ARC 107 G-2, Revision Number: OT-102

                                                  . Cognitive Level                                          L 10CFR55,_                                                10CFR55.41 (b},::1:-0_ _-;

Question History: (I.e. LGS Bank, ILT NRC Exam i-NRC-05, OYS CERT -04) 2005 ________--; Question Source: (I.e. New, Bank Bank, Modified) Low KA Justification (if N/A riequired)_:.._~_ _ _,_-+-______" _ _ ___1 Revision History: Revision Bank History: (I.e. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS i review) 1 _____ 'L~T~~~__~------__-_ I i Supplied Ref (If None

                                                 ! appropriate): (Le_.~_A_B_N-::--##___L~__+-______~. ____;

Excluded

Reference:

(Le.

                                                 ~ure ON-## not provided)

LORT

             -------------------~~--------------------------------------~

EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 191 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order PRA: (Le. Yes or No or #} LORT Question Section: (Le, A-Systems or 8

                          ,-Erocedures}

.Qyestion 74 Table-Item Links Limerick

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY IL T09-1 RO questions in sample plan order 75 10: 5857 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 is at 100% power when the following occurs:

              "'I Bn Condensate pump trips RPV level drops to +18 inches, then recovers to normal level No half or full scram signals are generated WHICH ONE of the following sets of procedures are required to be performed?

A. OT -104, Unexpected/Unexplained Positive or Negative Reactivity Insertion and OT-117, RPS Failure B. OT-100, Reactor Low Level and OT-112. Recirculation Pump Trip C. OT-112, Recirculation Pump Trip and OT-117, RPS Failure D. OT-104. Unexpected/Unexplained Positive or Negative Reactivity Insertion and OT-100, Reactor Low Level Answer: 0 Answer Explanation: ANSWER 01-104, Unexpected/Unexplained Positive or Negative Reactivity Insertion ~nd 01-100, Reactor Low Level: Correct because per the S43.0.B procedure for resetting Recirculation pump runbacks. conditions are met with trip of condensate pump and Total Feedwater flow> 80.3%. With the given plant conditions ARC-MCR-107-H2 would be followed for Reactor Low Level Alarm < 30" and entry into OT-100. The Recirculation Runback to the High Level Runback would cause the Power decrease driving entry into OT-104. 0lSTRAC10R OT-104, Unexpected/Unexplained Positive or Negative Reactivity Insertion and 01-117, RPS Failure: Incorrect due to no indication of entry condition to OT-117, RPS Failure since no SCRAM setpoint is exceeded. (Partial correct answer for OT-104 entry) OISTRACTOR OT-100, Reactor Low Level and OT-112, Recirculation Pump Trip: Incorrect due to no indication of Recirc Pump trip. (Partial correct answer for OT-100 entry) OISTRACTOR OT-112, Recirculation Pump Trip and 01-117, RPS Failure: Incorrect due to reasons stated above. I EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 193 of 195 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 RO questions in sample plan order Question 75 Info Question Type: Multiple Choice Status: Active

            *Always select on test?       No Authorized for practice?     No Points:                      1.00 Time to Complete:            3                                                                 !

Difficulty: 3.00 System 10: 5857 User-Defined 10: 5857 Cross Reference Number: LLOT1540.02 iTopic: Unit 1 is at 100% power when the following occurs: "1 B"

                                        . Condensate pump trips RPV level drops to +

Num Field 1: 4.0 Num Field 2: 4.3 f) J J _ Ii. J.:=---j !'t A I Text Field: Comments: r 295014 G2.4.4 ..,).1lAl...J. ILl J £"0 ~1>2-v'{ ftt{d lA.,(~ 0/;,.

                                          . Technical Reference with
                                          ; Revision Number:

Genldal Data jtJ2-£~-r-v~£~.:tt-, OT-117, OT-100' U/ 1'1.. 1\ i .i 1-"f[ . r . ~ p r-~

                                          ~ Cognitive Level                   L 10CFR55                           10CFR55.41 (b) 10 Question History: (i.e. LGS       Bank NRC-05, OYS CERT-04)

Question Source: (Le. New, Bank Bank, Modified}

Low KA Justification (if N/A required):

Revision History: Revision Bank History: (Le. Modified distractor "b" to make II plausible based on OTPS review) II ILT Supplied Ref (If None appropriate): (Le. ABN-##) Excluded

Reference:

(Le. Ensure ON-## not provided) LORT PRA: {Le. Yes or No or #) LORT Question Section: (i.e, A-Systems or B-Procedures) - Question 75 Table-Item Links General Question Data Limerick EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 194 of 195 20 August 2010

Lime~ick Generating Station ILT09-1 NRC License Operator Exam Mclterial SRO Written

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order 1 10: 8857 Points: 1.00 Unit 2 plant conditions are as follows: A reactor scram from full power has occurred due to a loss of offsite power Shortly after the scram, lit alarm windows on MCR annunciator panels 201 through 206, 210, 216, and 220 go out. WHICH ONE of the following identifies the cause of the loss of DC power indicated by this loss of annunciators? A. One 30 Amp fuse has failed in 2PP01 B. Two 30 Amp fuses have failed in 2PP02 C. One 250 Amp fuse has failed in Fuse Box 200115 O. One 500 Amp fuse has failed in Fuse Box 200114 Answer: C Answer Explanation: OISTRACTOR One 30 Amp. fuse has failed in 2PP01, A failure of two 30 amp fuses in 2PP01 could have resulted in the indications provided; however, a failure of one fuse would only result in a loss of either 201 through 206 or 210,216, and 220. OISTRACTOR Two 30 Amp fuses have failed in 2PP02, A failure of two 30 amp fuses in 2PP01 could have resulted in the indications provided; however, a failure of either fuse in

                                      ! 2PP02 would NOT result in a loss of any of the
                                      . annunciators indicated.

ANSWER One 250 Amp fuse has failed in Fuse Box 200115, SRO Are responsible to execute ON-122, ON-122 will jndic~te a failure of one 250 amp fuse in fuse box 200115 would de energize 2PP01 completely, resulting in the indications

                      =--:-~~ ---i-'-:-

rovided.~--.,...-----:--:-:--,--- ~-...".....---: - - - , - - - - - i OISTRACTOR One 500 Amp fuse has failed in Fuse Box 200114, A failure of one 500 amp fuse in fuse box 200114 would de energize 2PP01 through 2PP04, resulting in the loss of all annunciators. EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 1 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order Question 1 Info Question Type: Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test? No Authorized for practice? No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete: 2 Difficulty: 3.00 System 10: 8857 User-Defined 10: 8857 Cross Reference Number: LGSOPS1550.lL3 Topic: SRO QUESTION 1 Num Field 1: 3.6 Num Field 2: 4.3 Text Field: 295004 AA2.01 Comments: General Data Technical Reference with ON-122. Revision Number: E-34. sh3. Rev 30 I Cognitive Level H I PRA: (i.e. Yes or No or #) NO I 10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO) 55.41 (b) 10. 55.43 (b) 5 Question History: (i.e. LGS NEW NRC-05. OYS CERT-04) Question Source: (I.e. New. NEW Bank. Modified) Revision History: Revision NEW History: (I.e. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS review) c-....... ILT Supplied Ref (If ON-122. LOSS OF MAIN appropriate): (I.e. ABN-##) CONTROL ROOM ANNUNCIATORS E-34, sheet 1 through 3. Excluded

Reference:

(I.e. NONE Ensure ON-## not provided) I Low KA Justification (if N/A

                                         ~uiredl:               .

EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 2of70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order 2 10: 8820 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows:

              -   Reactor Water Level cannot be determined
              -   Reactor Power is 6%
              -   Reactor Pressure is 580 psig going down slow
              -   5 SRVs are open Suppression Pool Level is 23'
              - Suppression Pool Pressure is 18 psig WHICH ONE of the following describes conditions at which injection into the RPV must begin to ensure adequate core cooling?

A. Immediately restore injection. B. Continue depressurization, when reactor pressure is 590 psig, then restore injection. C. Continue depressurization, when reactor pressure is 280 psig, then restore injection. D. Continue depressurization, when reactor pressure is 220 psig, then restore injection. Answer: D Answer Explanation: OISTRACTOR Immediately restore injection. Since MARFP (core cooling) is ensured until RPV pressure reaches 230 psig. Immediate restoration of injection is not required. DISTRACTOR Continue depressurization, when reactor pressure is 590 pSig, then restore injection. This distractor is incorrect Since MARFP (core cooling) is ensured until RPV pressure reaches 230 psig. Since 5 SRVs are open, the MARFP is 230 psig. The value of 590 PSIG would be correct if only 2 SRV

                                     ~re open.

DISTRACTOR Continue depressurization, when reactor pressure is 280 psig, then restore injection. This distractor is incorrect i Since MARFP (core cooling) is ensured until RPV pressure reaches 230 psig. Since 5 SRVs are open, the MARFP is 230 i psig. The value of 590 PSIG would be correct if only 4 SRV are open. I EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 3 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order ANSWER Continue depressurization, when reactor pressure is 220 psig, then restore injection. As long as RPV pressure remains above the Minimum Alternate RPV Flooding Pressure (MARFP, 230 psig with 5 SRVs open the core is adequately cooled by a combination of submergence and steam cooling regardless of whether any water is being injected into the RPV or the reactors is at power. The MARFP is defined to be the lowest RPV pressure at which steam flow through open SRVs is sufficient to preclude any clad temperature from exceeding 1500 F, even if the core is not completely covered. When RPV pressure drops to the MARFP or 5 ADS/SRVs cannot be opened injection into the RPV must be re-established to maintain adequate core cooling and to ultimately flood the RPV EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 4 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order I Question 2 Info QuestionType: Multiple Choice Status: Active l'-:.Iways select on test? Yes i Authorizt':}d for practice? No i Points: 1.00

            *Time to Complete:               3 Difficulty:                    3.00 System ID:                     8820
            *User-Defined ID:                8820 Cross Reference Number:         LOT-1560.06 Topic:                         SRO ONLY, Jnteq~eret RX t!ressure during ATWS iNUrn Field 1:                   4.0 Num Field 2:                   4.1 Text Field:                    295037,EA2.06 Comments:

General Data Technical Reference with T-116 Revision Number: Cognitive Level H PRA Y 10CFR 55.43 43.5 Question History: (I.e. LGS NEW NRC-05, OYS CERT-04) Question Source: (I.e. New, NEW Bank, Modified) Low KA Justification (if N/A

                                             . required}:
                                             ~evision History: Revision         NEW History: (I.e. Modified distractor "b" to make i plausible based on OTPS
                                             . review)

ILT Supplied Ref (If T-116 sheets 1 and 2 appropriate): (I.e. ABN-##) Excluded

Reference:

(I.e. N/A Ensure ON-## not provide\:1) I EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 50f70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY I LT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order 3 10: 5409 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows: OPCON 2 during plant startup RPV pressure is 600 psig Heatup in progress Fire Protection Group reports that one of three fire suppression heat sensors in the RCIC room are inoperable WHICH ONE of the following describes the required actions, if any, based on the above conditions? A. Establish an hourly fire watch within the next hour B. No actions required provided the other two heat detectors and both smoke detectors are operable ~ C. No action provided RPV pressure is lowered ~oo psig D. Restore the instrument to operable within 14 days or establish a continuous fire

                            ..weter within the next hour N"'~~

Answer: A Answer Explanation: ANSWER Establish an hourly fire watch within the next hour. Per TSM 3.3.7.9-1, Table 3.3.7.9-1, Fire Zone 33, Requires 3 Function B (Activation of Fire Suppression System and Early Warning Notification) instruments for HEAT. The TSM requires: With the number of OPERABLE fire detection instruments in one or more zones: One less than the Total Number of instruments shown in Table 3.3.7.9-1 for Function B within 1 hour establish a fire watch patrol to inspect the zone(s) with the inoperable instrument at least once per hours, unless the instruments is located inside an inaccessible zone, then inspect the area surrounding the inaccessible zone at least once per hour. This TRM applies when the component be serviced by fire detection is required. In this case, RCle is required when steam dome pressure is greater than 150 No actions required provided the other two heat rSTRACTOlf detectors and both smoke detectors are operable. The requirements of TSM 3.3.7.9-1 do not allow SUbstitution of smoke detectors for fire detectors. The action for the failed I heat sensor~J~tCl~~th~ acJiorL~peclf~e~<1J!llhe LCO_._.~_ OISTRACTOR No action provide RPV pressure is stabilized below 200 psig TSM 3.3.7.9-1 applicability for this condition is whenever equipment protected by the fire detection instrument is required to be OPERABLE. Per TS 3.3.5 RCIC is required to be OPERABLE in OPCON 1, 2 and 3 with reactor steam

              '---.~~ __._... ~_~.___..l.-d_o_m-'.e~?~l:'!e gre5l.!~r than 150 psig.       ____________ _

EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST

                                             . _ - - -Page:

60f70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan orde~ vJv I DISTRAC._T_O_R_..c....:::R..:;.e,;..cs..::..to..::..r::.ce_t_h_e_in_s_t_ru_m_e_nt_t_o~o.p establish continuous fire w erable within the next within or Per hour. 14 days TSM 3.3.7.9-1 this action would be required for Function A devices. EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 7of70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order Question T3 pe: Question Status: Info _ ----l-',:-:-=:.==-:.=.....:::...:..:..:~=----------.-----.3 IMultiple Choice Active r-~-~---------~ -------------------- Always select on test? INo I

               ~u~h~rized for practice?      ~~O oln s:

ITime to Complete: 3

            ~ifficult~:                      3.00
            ~Si'stem 10:                     5409
            ! User-Defined 10:               5409
            !cross Reference Number:         LLOT0733.09                                                          i
            ~.

OPCON 2 during plant startu~ - RPVpressure is 600 .~ Topic: Heatu2J!:!j.Jrogress Fire Protection Grou..B *

            ,J:!um Field 1:

Num Field 2: SRO 3.4 Text Field: KIA 286000 2.4.25 Comments: I General Data

• Technical Reference with TRM 3.3.7.9 I Revisio

                                             ~vision Number:                          --              n #: 27 I Cognitive Level             .         H

• Justification for Non SRO 10CFR55.43 (b) 5 CFR Link:

Question History: (i.e. LGS NRC-02

                                              .NRC-05, OYS CERT-04)

Question Source: (Le. New, Bank I

                                             , Bank, Modified)                                                  I Low KA Justification (if               N/A I
                                              ~ired):                     .

Revision History: Revision History: (i.e. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS r::I vieW

                                                         }

S~~Plied Ref (If . ILT

TRM 3.3.7.9 roe I

a ria ',,, (i.e. ABN-

• Excluded

Reference:

(i.e. Ensure ON-## not provided) .T LORT I I I PRA: (i.e. Yes or No or #) I LORT Question Section: (Le, A-Systems or B-

                                                                                                       ~

Procedures) I I .--. I EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 80f70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order Question 3 Table-Item Links General Question Data Limerick RO EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 9 of 70 20 Augusl2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order 4 10: 8861 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows:

               - Loss of Coolant Accident (LOCA) and steam leak in the OB MSIV room
               - Reactor pressure is 700 psig and slowly lowering
               - RPV Level is -100" The current RPV level band is -90 to -120 inches
               - Drywell Temperature is 240 degrees Drywell Pressure is 24 PSIG
               - HPCI and RCIC are controlling RPV level
               - Area 11/12 OB MSIV Room temperature is 350 degrees The Reactor Operator reports the following RPV level indications:
               - Narrow Range (1 R606C)           +5 inches
               - Wide Range (1 R623B)            -115 inches
               - Fuel Zone (1R610)               -125 inches Shutdown Range (1 R605)         -21 inches WHICH ONE of the following RPV level indicating ranges are usable to maintain RPV level with HPCI and RCIC?

A. Wide Range and Fuel Zone Range B. Narrow Range and Wide Range C. Fuel Zone Range and Shutdown Range D. Narrow Range and Fuel Zone Range Answer: A Answer Explanation: ANSWER Wide Range and Fuel Zone: With the OB MSIV Room (Room 407) Area 11/12 greater than 350 degrees and RPV level at -100", Wide Range (XR-42-1 R623B) Indication temperature would be > than MRT (181°) and> than MIL (-124") per T-291 if an indication is <MRT or > MIL the indiction is usable. For the Fuel Zone Indication (LI-42-1 R61 0) temperature would be > than MRT (127") and> than MIL (-303") per T 291 if an indication is <MRT or > MIL the indiction is usable EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 10 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order DISTRACTOR Narrow Range and Wide Range: With the OB MSIV Room (Room 407) Area 11/12 greater than 350 degrees and RPV level at -100", Narrow Range (LI-42-1 R606B) Indication temperature would be > than MRT (304 0 ) and < than MIL (+3") per T-291 if an indication is <MRT or > MIL the indiction is Not usable. Wide Range (XR-42-1 R623B) Indication temperature would be > than MRT (181°) and> than MIL (-124") per T 291 if an indication is <MRT or > MIL the indiction is usable. DlSTRACTOR Fuel Zone Range and Shutdown Range: For the Fuel Zone Indication (LI-42-1R610) temperature would be > than MRT (12r) and> than MIL (-303") per T-291 if an indication is <MRT or > MIL the indiction is usable. Shutdown (LI-42-1 R605) indication if run temperature is

                                    <350°F (DIW & Reactor Enclosure) and indicated level >49"
                                  , then the indication is usable. With conditions of 240 0 in the Drywell and RPV level at -100" the indication is not usable.

DISTRACTOR Narrow range and Fuel Zone Range: Narrow Range (LI 42-1R6068) Indication temperature would be> than MRT (304°) and < than MIL (+3") per T-291 if an indication is

                                    <MRT or > MIL the indiction is Not usable.

For the Fuel Zone Indication (LI-42-1 R61 0) temperature would be > than MRT (12r) and> than MIL (-303") per T 291 if an indication is <MRT or > MIL the indiction is usable. I Question 4 Info Question Type: Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test? No Authorized for practice? No

            ~.

Points: 1.00 I Time to COJTlplete: 5

            , Difficulty:                      4.00 I System ID:                       8861 rUser-Defined ID:                  8861 i Cross Reference Number:          LGSOPS2003.IL3 ITO~iC:                            SRO QUESTION 4 rNum Field 1:                      3.6
            *Num Field 2:                      4.6 Text Field:                      295028, 2.2.37 Comments:

i h General Data Ii Technical Reference with T-291 , Rev. 16 i Revision Number: I Gognitive Level H r PRA: (Le. Yes or No or #) NO 10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO) 55.41 (b) 7,55.43 (b) 5 i Question History: (Le. LGS NEW NRC-05, OYS CERT-04) EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 11 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order Question Source: (Le. New, NEW

                . Bank, Modified)

Revision History: Revision NEW History: (i.e. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS review) ILT Supplied Ref (If T-291, Temperature appropriate): (i.e. ABN-##) Effects on Reactor Level Instrumentation Excluded

Reference:

(i.e. NONE Ensure Ol\j-## not provided) Low KA Justification (if N/A required):

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order 5 ID: 8838 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows:

              - Reactor power is 100%

An MSIV AUTO closure occurs: RPS failed to SCRAM the Reactor

              -   Control Rods were inserted by RRCS
              -   SRV's failed to AUTO open. and had to be MANUALLY opened
              -   Reactor pressure went up to 1330 psig
              -   Reactor level dropped to -130" WHICH ONE of the following is the most limiting action and reportability requirements to the NRC Operations Center for the above conditions?

REPORT TO NRC LIMITING CONDITION CENTER WITHIN A. Reactor vessel Safety Limit violation 24 hours B. Reactor vessel Safety Limit violation 1 hour C. ECCS system actuation with injection to the vessel 24 hours D. ECCS system actuation with injection to the vessel 1 hour Answer: B Answer Explanation: DISTRACTOR Reactor vessel Safety Limit violation - 24 hours - Specification 6.7.1 which requires the NRC Operations Center be notified as soon as possible and in all cases within 1 hours of a safety limit violation. ANSWER Reactor vessel Safety Limit violation - 1 hour - Safety Limit 2.1.3 states in OPCON 1, 2, 3. 4 the reactor coolant system pressure, as measured in the reactor vessel steam done, shall not exceeded 1325 psig. With the reactor coolant system pressure above 1325 psig, be in at least HOT SHUTDOWN with the reactor coolant system pressure less than or equal to 1325 psig within 2 hours and comply with the requirements of Specification 6.7.1 which requires the NRC Operations Center be notified as soon as possible and in all cases within 1 hours of a safety limit violation. ____._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ~ EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 13 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order DISTRACTOR ECCS system actuation with injection to the vessel- 24 hours - This distractor is incorrect. Per Tech Spec 3.5.1 ACTION f. in the event of an ECCS system is actuated and injects water into the Reactor Coolant System, a special report shall be prepared and submitted to the Commission pursuant to Specification 6.9.3 within 90 days describing the circumstances of the actuation and the total accumulated actuation cycles to date. The distractor specifies 24 hour notification. The Reporatability Reference Manual requires that an ECCS activation be reported within 4 hours (LS-AA-1020) SAF 1.5 DISTRACTOR ECCS system actuation with injection to the vessel - 1 hour - This distractor is incorrect. Per Tech Spec 3.5.1 ACTION f. in the event of an ECCS system is actuated and injects water into the Reactor Coolant System, a special report shall be prepared and submitted to the Commission pursuant to Specification 6.9.3 within 90 days describing the circumstances of the actuation and the total accumulated actuation cycles to date. The distractor specifies 1 hour notification. The Reporatability Reference Manual requires that I ECCS activation be reported within 4 hours (LS-AA-1020) SAF 1.5 iciUestion 5 Info Question Tyee: Multiele Choice i Status: Active i Always select on test? _N~ Authorized for practice? No

            ~oints:                               fDa                                                           I

Time to C~mplete: 3 IDifficulty: 3.00 i ISystem 10: 8838 User-Defined ID: 88~

I Cross Reference Number: LGSOPS1800.07 L= IToe ic :

                                        . ' - ~a~...!Llimit violation and reeortability requirement
                                                                                                         .~

INum Field 1: Num Field 2: 4.1 I'" I Text Field: 29!'\n~011 L r&<> l/J *I-.'t.}O Comments: .. . _ - - General Data Technical Reference with ISafety limit 2.1.3, Tech-Revision Number:

• Spec 3.5.1 ACTION f Cognitive Level L PRA: (I.e. Yes or No or #) NO 10CFR 55.43 LN/A for RO) 55.41 (b17, 55.43 (b) 5_~

Question History: (i.e. LGS NRC-05, OYS CERT-O~ Question Source: (i.e. New, Modified

                                                  ~.k, Modified}

Revision History: Revision History: (I.e. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS review) EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 14 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order ILT Supplied Ref (If appropriate): (Le. ABN-##) Excluded

Reference:

(Le. NONE Ensure ON-## not provided) Low KA Justification (if  !\ItA required}:

                                                     ~-"--"----"----------~-~"-~"-"-"-"--

EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 15 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order 6 10: 8862 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows: OPCON 5 A fuel bundle 43-20 is being seated in the Core The RO reports that SRM 'C' count rate has changed from 70 to 290 cps. All other SRMs remain at 70 cps or less. WHICH ONE of the following describes the required actions and the basis for those actions? Basis for Required Action A. Raise fuel bundle 43-20 Raising the fuel assembly will return the until it clears the top guide. core to a sub-critical configuration. B. Evacuate the fuel floor an.!1 Evacuation of Fuel Floor is necessary for ensure all insertable control safety of personnel. Inserting insertable rods are inserted. rods ensures that the core is made as sub critical as possible. C. Notify shift supervision and Shift Supervision should be aware of any verify normal ventilation is problems associated with reactivity. A leak isolated and SGTS is resistant boundary must be restored within initiated. an hour of an accident in the refueling area. D. Control and monitor HVAC systems which exhaust to the south releases from Refuel Floor stack are unfiltered but capable of being ensuring NORMAL refuel monitored to allow for dose reduction floor ventilation and rad. techniques. monitoring in service. Answer: A Answer Explanation:

                -~~-------r---~---~~--.--                                                 ---.          -~.-~-.--.-

ANSWER Raise fuel bundle 43*20 until it clears the top guide. Raising the fuel assembly will return the core to a sub critical configuration: Since the control rods would have to be withdrawn for maintenance for the criticality to occur, they would be blocked out of service. Thus, they would not insert when high flux causes a scram signal. If the control room operator observes SRM count rate increasing due to sub-critical multiplication, stopping insertion of the fuel assembly may prevent criticality. Raising the fuel

               ~._. _ _ ~ _ _----,_a_s_s_e_m_b_l,,---w_il_1r_e_tu_r_n_t_he_c_o__

re_t_o_a~su_b_-_c_ri_tic_a._I_c_o_n_fig",-u_r_a_ti_on_._-" EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST . Page: 160f70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order

               --~---------....-::::--~------~--::-

DISTRACTOR Evacuate the fuel floor and ensure all insertable control rods are inserted. Evacuation of Fuel Floor is necessary for safety of personnel. Inserting insertable rods ensures that the core is made as sub-critical as possible: Evacuation of Fuel Floor is necessary for safety of personnel only if a criticality occurs. Additionally, the first action taken if count rate doubles with a fuel assembly grappled is to raise the fuel assembly returning the core to _~ ______-+ a sub-critical configuration. _________ DISTRACTOR Notify shift supervision and verify normal ventilation is isolated and SGTS is initiated. Shift Supervision should be aware of any problems associated with reactivity control. A leak resistant boundary must be restored within an hour of an accident in the refueling area: Shift supervision must be notified; however, the answer is incorrect because action to isolate normal ventilation and initiate S8GT is required per ON- 120 in the event an irradiated fuel bundle is dropped or damaged, NOT in the event of count rate doubling. When ON-120 is entered, only that section which corresponds to the resent s tom is required to be performed. DISTRACTOR Control and monitor releases from Refuel Floor ensuring normal refuel floor ventilation and associated radiation monitoring in service. HVAC systems which exhaust to the south stack are unfiltered but capable of being monitored to allow for dose reduction techniques: When ON-120 is entered, only that section which corresponds to the present symptom is required to be performed. Action to verify normal ventilation is required per ON- 120 in the event an irradiated fuel bundle is dropped or damaged and refuel floor secondary containment is NOT established, The answer is incorrect because this action is NOT required in the event of count rate doubling. _ _ _ _ _ __ Question 6 Info

            ~tionT1:'pe:                          Multiple Qhoice Status:

1----- Active

                                     -"-~-

r--~lINa1:'s select on test? No

              ~uthorized for practice?            No                                                        I Points:                            1.00 Time to Complete:                   3 roifficulty:                        *3.00
            ~temID:              _       ..     .886£ User-Defined f-::--'---       -

10: - 88g Cross Reference

            ,........     .         Number:       LGSOPS1550.IL 1 AND IL2 Topic:                            . SRO QUESTION 6 Num Field 1:                       4.0 Num Field 2:                       4.2
             ~Field:_                           ! L1:1~UL~, 2.4.11 IComments:                          f---
                      ~-------.

General Data I EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 17 of 70 - - - - - - - - - - - - 2 0 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order Technical Reference with ON-120 BASES, Rev. 17 Revision Number: Cognitive Level L PRA: (i.e. Yes or ti0_or #L NQ I JQ~R_5§.~~~f\!!A for RO)_ !5!5~-4.!l.bIl()~5~43 (bTL Question History: (Le. LGS BANK _t-JB.c;::9.5LQ.x~. CERT-04 L._ ............. - *..*........* -.~ ....~.~ .. Question Source: (Le. New, BANK,7566

                                       .Bank, Modified}                                                                .~ .*..'

Revision History: Revision BANK. 7566. Modified History: (Le. Modified stem to indicate count distractor "b" to make rate doubling WITHOUT plausible based on OTPS a continuous increase review) which would have confirmed criticality. Also modified stem to indicate the fuel bundle was still grappled. These changes changed the correct answer from "Evacuate the floor and insert all insertable rods" to "Raise the fuel bundle until it clears the top guide. Added requirement to choose action and basis for required action to better align the question with the KIA: Knowledge of abnormal conditions procedures.

                                       ~.

ILT

                                                                             .. ---.-~.-.---.-.-.--

Supplied Ref (If NONE appropriate): (Le. ABN-##) -r--.-------.-.-.-~- Excluded

Reference:

(Le. NONE f-:E:.I1.~lJ!~Qf\J-#!t_not provided) .._ . . . ._--_._-_.-_._ Low KA Justification (if N/A required): L...~._ .-.-..-~.--.-----.-.--..--.~~-.-. .-- EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 18 of70

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order 7 10: 8860 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 was operating at 100% power when the following events occurred: A significant fuel defect occurs Radiation levels in the plant rising WHICH ONE of the followinQ.tls ~ne if the off-site release rate (the sum of the activities of the six noble ga~s) is less than or equal to the Tech Spec limit of 330 millicuries/second? A. Isotopic Off-Gas analysis per ST-5-070-885-1 B. Offsite dose calculations per EP-MA-110-200. C. Gaseous Effluent Dose Rate Determination for the Sou Stack per ST-6-104 880-0. D. Gaseous Effluent Dose Rate Determination for the N 880-0. Answer: A Answer Explanation: ANSWER Tech Spec 3.11.2.6 - W' the rate of the sum of the activities of the specifi (j noble gases at the recombiner after-condenser dis arge exceeding 330 milicuries/second restore the gross radioactivity rate to within its limit . in 72 hours or be in at least HOT SHUTDOW ithin the next 12 hours. ST-5-070-885-1, Isotopic Of as Analysis determines if release rate is > than 3.30 +05 contact SSV and take action per TS 3.11.2.6

                                                    ~~~~~~~.=---~-

DlSTRACTOR ODCM 3.2.1 .1, Liquid Effluents requires immediately restore the concentration to within the limits or terminate the release. There is no requirement to enter a Tech Spec action. DISTRACTOR ODCM 3.2.2.3, Gaseous Effluents, requires generation an Issue Report that identifies the cause for exceeding the limit and defines the corrective actions that have been taken to reduce the release and the proposed corrective actions to be taken to assure that subsequent releases will be in compliance with the above limits. There is no

               ;---:-==_~-=-:,...,....-_--t_r_e-,-u_ire_m_e_n~tt~o_e_n-,....teL~~T_e_c..."h-:S..Jp_e_c_a_c_t_io_~n_
                                                                                                                 . ..,--------1 DISTRACTOR                   ST-6-104-880-0, Gaseous Effluent Dose Rate Determination, requires radiation protection to perform EP AA-110-200, Dose Assessment, to determine off site radiation exposure effects. There is no requirement to Tech S ec action.

EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 19 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order Question 7 Info Question Type: Multiple Choice

            . Status:                   Active fttways select on test?     No Authorized for practice?  No Points:                   1.00 Time to Complete:         3
            *Difficulty:                3.00

[System ID: 8860

            . User-Defined ID:          8860 i Cross Reference Number:   LLOT-1790 OBJ 4 Topic:                    SRO Question 7 Num Field 1:              2.5 Num Field 2:              3.3 Text Field:               295038 EA2.02 Comments:

General Data I Technical Reference with procedure. print etc used Revision Number: to answer question I Cognitive Level L

                                          £IRA: (i.e. Yes or No Of:f!)      NO

• 10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO)

SRO 55.43 (b) 4 i I Question History: (i.e. LGS I NEW

• NRC-05. OYS CERT-04)

Question Source: (i.e. New, New Bank. Modified) Revision History: Revision New History: (i.e. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS review) i ILT Supplied Ref (If NONE appropriate): (i.e. ABN-##) Excluded

Reference:

(i.e. Tech Spec 3.11.2.6 Ensure ON-##- not provided) Low KA Justification (if N/A required): i EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 20 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY IL T09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order 8 .. ~ 10:5913 Points: 1.00

           ~~-

Unit 1plant conditions are as follows:

           ' " 100% reactor power Secondary Containment Ventilation is in a normal alignment Secondary Containment L'lP -.3 inches WG One of the running Reactor Enclosure Exhaust Fans trips and the "AUTO" Fan fails to start resulting in Reactor Enclosure L'lP reaching +4 inches WG. All other automatic actions occur as designed.                                    \

• II ""~

WHICH ONE of th~{ollowing identifies!Secondary Containment L'lP 5 minutes later-#.no operator action is taken and~e required action? ; - I\.

                           ~

I) Secondary Containment Z )ReqUired Procedural Action A. -.25 inches WG Verify Reactor Enclosure Isolation Complete per S76.9.A Verification Of Reactor Enclosure or Refueling Floor Secondary Containment Isolation Greater tha~inches WG Shutdown Reactor Enclosure Supply ~ (ptJSitive)'--~ '. Fans per S76.2.8, Shutdown of .~ Reactor Enclosure HVAC

                                            -./)

C. -.25 inches WG Secure SBGT Fans per S76.B.A, Manual Startup and Shutdown of SGTS D. Greater than -.25 inches WG Initiate a Low dIp Secondary (positive) Containment Isolation per S76.8.B,

                          -                                         Initiation of Reactor Enclosure OR Refueling Floor Secondary Containment Answer:           D Answer Explanation:

DISTRACTOR -.25 inches WG - Verify Reactor Enclosure Isolation Complete per S76.9.A Verification Of Reactor Enclosure or Refueling Floor Secondary Containment Isolation SGTS will not be in-service at this time. The

• question stem specifies 5 minutes after the failure of the fan to start. SGTS will auto start 50 minutes after a loss of Delta P therefore -.25 delta cannot be obtained.

EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 21 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order DISTRACTOR Greater than -.25 inches WG (positive)

• Secure SBGT Fans per S76.8.A, Manual Startup and Shutdown of SGTS - See answer below, additionally, the ARC directs S78.8.B for initiating an isolation signal.

DISTRACTOR -.25 inches WG - Secure SBGT Fans per S76.8.A, Manual Startup and Shutdown of SGTS SGTS will not be in-service at this time. The question stem specifies 5 minutes after the failure of the fan to start. SGT8 will auto start 50 minutes after a loss of Delta P therefore -.25 delta p cannot be obtained. ANSWER Greater than -.25 inches WG (positive) - Initiate a Low dIp Secondary Containment Isolation per S76.8.B, Initiation of Reactor Enclosure OR Refueling Floor Secondary Containment. When the reactor enclosure exhaust fan trips and the standby fails to start, Reactor enclosure configuration will be aligned with 2 supply fans and 1 exhaust fan. This configuration will result in pressurizing the RE. When reactor enclosure pressure reaches +3.5" H20, the reactor enclosure supply and exhaust fans will trip on interlock. PER ARC 004 VENT B 3, REAC ENCL LOW DELTA PI LOSS of POWER I INOP, If Reactor Enclosure Delta P is -0.1" H20 for more than 50 minutes, THEN RE and Primary Containment groups VIA and VIB isolate. It will take 50 minutes for the automatic isolation to occur and standby gas to initiate. The question asks the status of Reactor Enclosure HVAC delta p 5 minutes later, RE delta P will still be positive. ARC 004 VENT B-3, step directs IF DELTA P is off scale positive, THEN consider initiating a low delta P secondary containment isolation per 876.8.B. The RX ENCLlOutside DIV A (POI 76-198A) is upscale at +.05 Question 8 Info Question Type: Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test? No Authorized for practice? No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete: 4

            *Difficulty:                    4.00 System 10:                     5913 User-Defined 10:              !5913 Cross Reference Number: LLOT0200.03, 8, 9 Unit 1 100% reactor power Secondary Containment Topic:

Ventilation is in a normal alignment Secondary Cont Num Field 1: 3.8 Num Field 2: 3.9 Text Field: 295035 EA2.01 Comments: General Data Technical Reference with ANN-004 B-3, Revision Number: ON-111, S76.8.B EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 22 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order Cognitive Level H Justification for Non SRO 10CFR 55.41 (b) 5, 7 CFR Link: Question History: (i.e. LGS ILT Cert Exam 2005 NRC-05, OYS CERT-04) i Question Source: (i.e. New, Bank I

• Bank, Modified)

Low KA Justification (if N/A reguired}: Revision History: Revision Bank History: (I.e. Modified distractor "b" to make

• plausible based on OTPS i review)

ILT I Supplied Ref (If None appropriate}: (I.e. ABN-##) I Excluded

Reference:

(I.e. i Ensure ON-## not provided) LORT PRA: (I.e. Yes or No or #) N LORT Question Section: (i.e, A-Systems or B

• Procedures)

Question 8 Table-Item Links General Question Data Limerick EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 23 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order 9 10: 6180 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 was operating at full power when a loss of EHC caused Main Turbine trip, and an Anticipated Transient Without Scram (ATWS) with the following:

              -   Reactor power is 15%
              -   Reactor level is maintained by T-117, LEVEL/POWER CONTROL
              -   Reactor pressure is maintained between 990- 1090 with SRV's
              -   Suppression Pool temperature is 155 degrees and rising slowly.
              -   Suppression Pool level is 23 ft.

CURVE SP/T-I LEGEND

         ~-*-tt--

CURVE SPIT-I HEAT CA~ACITY TEMP LIMIT WHICH ONE of the following identifies the required action for the given conditions? A. T-112, EMERGENCY BLOWDOWN, is required B. The current Reactor pressure band is acceptable C. Reactor pressure must be maintained at or above 901 psig. D. Reactor pressure must be maintained at or below 900 psig. EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 24 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY IlT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order Answer: D Answer Explanation: DISTRAC10R 1-112, EMERGENCY BLOWDOWN, is required -With the conditions given above Suppression Pool temperature is 155 degrees and rising slowly, Suppression Pool level is 23 ft with reactor pressure of 990. it can be determine that the operating point is currently still on the safe side of the curve but cannot be maintained there due to riSing suppression pool temperature. Action must be taken to prevent an operating point on the unsafe side of the curve. DISTRACTOR The current Reactor pressure band is acceptable - Per T -102 Bases SP I T -8, if during the initial evaluation of the HCTl curve. the operating point is on the unsafe side of the HCTl. no action may be taken to restore and maintain the safe side of the HCTL. The heat capacity of the suppression pool has been lost and emergency RPV depressurization is required. With the conditions given above Suppression Pool temperature is 155 degrees and rising slowly, Suppression Pool level is 23 ft with reactor pressure of 990. it can be determine that the operating i point is currently still on the safe side of the curve but

• cannot be maintained there.

DISTRACTOR Reactor pressure must be maintained at or above 901 psig. With the conditions given above Suppression Pool temperature is 155 degrees and rising slowly. Suppression Pool level is 23 ft with reactor pressure of 990. it can be determine that the operating point is currently still on the safe side of the curve but cannot be maintained there. Maintaining Reactor Pressure above 901 psig would result in the use of a pressure curve that would result in an I operating point in the unsafe region of the curve. ANSWER Reactor pressure must be maintained at or below 900 psig. With the conditions given above Suppression Pool temperature is 155 degrees and riSing slowly. Suppression Pool level is 23 ft with reactor pressure of 990, it can be determine that the operating point is currently still on the safe side of the curve but cannot be maintained there. Direction is provided in SPIT-8 states If Supp Pool temp Cannot be maintained on the safe side of Curve SPIT-1, Then maintain RPV press on the safe side of Curve SP/T

1. Reducing reactor pressure to below 900 psig will provide operating point margin by shifting to the next pressure curve EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 25 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order Question 9 Info Question Type: Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test? No Authorized for practice? No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete: 3 Difficulty: 3.00 System ID: 6180 User-Defined ID: 6180 Cross Reference Number: LGSOPS1560.1 L6 ATTACHMENT: HEAT CAPACITY TEMPERATURE LIMIT Topic: CURVE, is required Unit 1 was operating at full power Num Field 1: 3.9 Num Field 2: 4.2 Text Field: 295013 2.1.25 Comments: General Data Technical Reference with T-102 I Revisio Revision Number: n #: Cognitive Level H Justification for Non SRO 55.43 (b) 5 CFR Link: Question History: (Le. LGS Bank NRC-05, OYS CERT-04) Question Source: (i.e. New, Bank Bank, Modified) Low KA Justification (if required): Revision History: Revision Changed question stem, I History: (i.e. Modified one distractor, and distractor "b" to make answer to acoutn for plausible based on OTPS changes in curve review) ILT Supplied Ref (If

                                        . appropriate): (Le. ABN-##)

Excluded

Reference:

(i.e. HCTL Curve, imbedded Ensure ON-## not provided) in question LORT PRA: (Le. Yes or No or #) Y LORT Question Section: (Le, A-Systems or B-Procedures) Question 9 Table-Item Links General Question Data Limerick EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 26 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order 10 10: 8864 Points: 1.00 Unit 2 plant conditions are as follows: An A TWS is in progress MSIVs are closed. Reactor pressure maintained 990 to 1096 using SRVs. SLC pumps have injected to a tank level of 1,000 gallons. Reactor Enclosure (RE) is inaccessible. Reactor water level was intentionally lowered to lower reactor power. Level reaches -150" at which time all APRMs are downscale. WHICH ONE of the following describes systems available for injection and actions necessary prior to injection? Systems available Action necessary prior to injection A. HPCIONLY T-251 , HPCllnjection to Feedwater - EO lifts lead in AER B. HPCI and RCIC T-251 , HPCllnjection to Feedwater - EO lifts lead in AER C. RCIC ONLY T-247, Bypass RCIC Low Pressure Isolation EO lifts leads in AER D. RCIC and HPCI T-247 , Bypass RCtC Low Pressure Isolation EO lifts leads in AER Answer: B Answer Explanation: OISTRACTOR HPCI ONLY, T -251, HPCllnjection to Feedwater - EO lifts lead in AER: Appropriate systems for maintaining level during an ATWAS are those which inject outside the core shroud mixing the relatively cold injected water with the warmer water in the lower plenum prior to it reaching the core, limiting the addition of positive reactivity. T -251, HPCI Injection to Feedwater, ensures HPCI injects to the

                                      "/l\' Feedwater line only, eliminating injection inside the shroud; however, RC1C injects to the "B" Feedwater line, I                      outside the shroud, and is also available for injection.

EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 28 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order HPCI and RCIC, T -251, HPCllnjection to Feedwater EO lifts lead in AER: Appropriate systems for maintaining level during an ATWAS are those which inject outside the core shroud mixing the relatively cold injected water with the warmer water in the lower plenum prior to it reaching the core, limiting the addition of positive reactivity. T -251, HPCllnjection to Feedwater, ensures HPCI injects to the "A" Feedwater line only, eliminating injection to the "8" Core Spray header which is inside the shroud. RCIC injects to the "8" Feedwater line, outside the shroud.

            'DISTRACTOR                RCIC ONLY, T-247, Bypass RCIC Low Pressure Isolation - EO lifts leads in AER: RCIC injects to the "8" Feedwater line, outside the shroud; however, bypassing the RCIC low pressure isolation in unnecessary prior to injection. Answer is also incorrect because HPCI is also available. T-251 , HPCllnjection to Feedwater, ensures HPCI injects to the "A" Feedwater line only, eliminating injection to the "8" Core Spray header which is inside the shroud.
             *~-:-::=--=-=~~--+c::::-:::--=-*~--::-cc=--c~         ~--~-~-~--~--

DtSTRACTOR RCIC ~ng HPCI, T-247, Bypass RCtC Low Pressure Isolation - EO lifts leads in AER: Appropriate systems for maintaining level during an ATWAS are those which inject outside the core shroud mixing the relatively cold injected water with the warmer water in the lower plenum prior to it reaching the core, limiting the addition of positive reactivity. RCIC injects to the "8" Feedwater line, outside the shroud; however, answer is incorrect because bypassing the RCIC low pressure isolation in unnecessary prior to injection and because T-251 , HPCllnjection to Feedwater, ensures HPCI injects to the "A" Feedwater line only, eliminating injection to the "8" Core Spray header which is inside the shroud.

            '-----------'--~-- ~---~-.-----.-.----.-.-

1--c------.-~--~-i___-----~-.-.-----~---~--------.----~_1 Alwa s select on test? Cross Reference Number:

                           ----====~~~~==================~

Topic: __________ +-_~__ ~_~___ ~~ _______________________ .~ Num Field 1:

                       ---.---.---~:....::......-

Num Field 2: Text-Fi-el-d:---*-----t-::'-'~:--:-:--::---:-c:-:.-------~*~~**----------*~-----*---1

                 ----------l~--"--

Comments: Technical Ref~-re-n-c~~~n-er-a-IlData--~*-*--- -1 Revision Number:

                                                .-----~-.-.-~----                      -----------i Co nitive Level                    i H EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST                           Page: 29 of 70                                    20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order PRA: {Le. Yes or No or #) NO

                                    '10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO)         55.41 (b) 10, 55.43 (b) 5 Question History: (Le. LGS      NEW NRC-05, OYS CERT-04)

Question Source: (i.e. New, NEW Bank, Modified) Revision History: Revision NEW History: (I.e. Modified distractor "b" to make

                                    ! plausible based on OTPS I review}

ILT Supplied Ref (If NONE appropriate): (I.e. ABN-##)

• Excluded

Reference:

(i.e. NONE

                                    . Ensure ON-## not provided)                           ..

Low KA Justification (if N/A I required): I EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 30 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order 11 10: 8859 Points: 1.00 Unit 2 plant conditions are as follows:

               -   GP-2, Normal Reactor STARTUP in progress
               -   Reactor power is 46%
               -   Total Feedwater flow is 6.8 mlbm/hr
               -   Annunciator GEN STATOR COOLANT TROUBLE, (MCR-125 GEN-1) alarms The EO investigations reveals the following:

214A Load Center tripped due to an electrical fault causing a trip of the "2AtI Stator Water Cooling pump with a failure of the "2B" Stator Water Cooling pump to start WHICH ONE of the following identifies the expected Reactor Recirculation Pump response and procedural requirements for the given conditions? Recirc Pump response Procedural requirements A. "2A" Pump tripped, only Enter ON-114, Loss of Stator Water Cooling and Insert Control Rods per RMSI B. "2A" & "2B" Pumps tripped Enter ON-114, Loss of Stator Water Cooling and Insert Control Rods per RMSI C. "2A" Pump tripped, only Enter OT-112, Recirculation Pump Trip, and manually scram the reactor D. "2A" & "2B" Pumps tripped Enter OT-112, Recirculation Pump Trip, and manually scram the reactor Answer: A Answer Explanation: EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 31 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order ANSWER "2A" Pump tripped, only - Enter ON-114, Loss of Stator Water Cooling and Insert Control Rods per RMSI IF Feedwater (FW) flow is maintained >44% of rated, THEN "A Recirc Pump trips after a 9 second time delay, AND "8 Recirc Pump trips after an 18 second time delay. Normal feedwater flow at 100% power is 14.8 mlbm/hr. 6.8 mlbm/hr thus relates to @ 46% power /46% feedflow. As the "2A" Recirc pump trips on loss of Stator Cooling, total feedflow decreases below 44% and thus the "28" Recirc pump does not trip. The plant experiences a single Recirc pump trip due to loss of Stator cooling, but does not experience a dual Recirc Pump trip which would require a manual scram. IF FW flow is maintained >44% of rated, THEN VERIFY both Recirc Pumps have tripped AND manually SCRAM Rx AND PLACE Reactor Mode Switch in "SHUTDOWN" AND ENTER T-100, Scram/Scram Recovery OR T-101, RPV Control, as applicable. IF one Recirc Pump tripped THEN immediately ENTER OT-112, Recirculation Pump Trip AND PERFORM the following concurrently.

1. VERIFY EHC Load Set is running back.

(EHC Load Set Runback begins after an 8 second time delay)

2. INSERT control rods per Rx Maneuvering Shutdown Instructions as required to maintain an adequate scram margin AND to remain within capacity of Main Turbine Bypass Valves.

3. REDUCE Main Generator reactive load to ZERO (0 MVAR) to minimize Main Generator Stator Amps.

OT-112. Recire Pumg Trig states: IF while executing the remainder of this procedure, both Recirc Pumps trip, THEN immediately manually SCRAM Rx AND PLACE! Reactor Mode Switch in "SHUTDOWN" AND ENTER T-100, Scram/Scram Recovery OR T 101, RPV Control, as applicable. (Ref. 5.3.13) DISTRACTOR "2An & "28" Pumps tripped - Enter ON-114, Loss of Stator Water Cooling and Insert Control Rods per RMSI Only the "2A" Recirculation Pump should trip DISTRACTOR "2A" Pump tripped, only Enter OT-112, Recirculation Pump Trip, and manually scram the reactor - Manual scram is not required

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order 12 10: 8865 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows: OPCON 2 Normal Plant Startup is in progress per GP-2 AlllRMs are on Range 2 ANN 107 REACTOR, H-4, SRM Upscalellnoperative alarms, with the following indicated: All four UPSCALE/INOP ALARM LAMPS illuminate on 10C603. All four SRM recorders indicate and REMAIN full downscale. WHICH ONE of the following describes the required operator response? A. Enter ON-109, TOTAL LOSS OF THE SRM, IRM, OR APRM SYSTEMS and immediately perform a Rapid Plant Shutdown per GP-4. B. Place at least one SRM channel in the tripped condition within one hour per Tech Spec 3.3.6.1. C. Suspend Power Ascension per GP-2 and return SRMs to operable status as soon as possible. D. Enter ON-109, TOTAL LOSS OF SRM, IRM, OR APRM SYSTEMS and commence a Normal Plant Shutdown per GP-3. Answer: A Answer Explanation: ANSWER Enter ON*109, TOTAL LOSS OF SRM, IRM, OR APRM SYSTEMS and immediately perform a Rapid Plant Shutdown per GP-4: Correct because SRM/IRM overlap is performed with the IRMs below Range 3, and SRMs are required in the Startup mode with the IRMs below Range

3. If a Neutron Monitoring System becomes inoperable while that system is required to monitor/control neutron flux, then ON-109, Total Loss of SRM, IRM, OR APRM S stems, dire~ts a rapid plant shutdown per GP-4___._ _ _-I OISTRACTOR Place at least one SRM channel in the tripped condition within one hour: If the number of operable SRM channels is two or more less than required by the Minimum operable Channels per Trip Function requirement of Tech. Spec Table 3.3.6.1, Tech Specs requires that the inoperable channel be placed in the tripped condition within 1 hour. The answer is incorrect because all SRM channels are INOP, and ON-109, Total Loss of SRM, IRM, OR APRM Systems, directs a rapid plant shutdown per GP-4 when a Neutron Monitoring i System becomes completely inoperable while that system I is required to monitor/control n~e~ut_ro_n_flu_x_._ _ _ __

EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 33 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order

            ~rRACTOR                 Suspend Power Ascension per GP-2 and return SRMs to operable status as soon as possible: If a Neutron Monitoring System becomes inoperative while that system is NOT required to monitor/control neutron flux, then ON 109, Total Loss of SRM, IRM, OR APRM Systems, directs the return that system to operation as soon as possible.

The answer is incorrect because SRM - IRM overlap is performed with the IRMs below Range 3, and SRMs are

• required in the Startup mode with the IRMs below Range i 3.

DISTRACTOR Enter ON-109, TOTAL LOSS OF SRM,IRM, OR APRM SYSTEMS and commence a Normal Plant Shutdown per GP-3: If the number of operable SRM channels is one less than required by the Minimum OPERABLE Channels per Trip Function requirement of Tech. Spec Table 3.3.6.1, Tech Specs requires that the inoperable channel be returned to operable status within 12 hours or the Inoperable channel must be placed in the tripped condition. The answer is incorrect because all SRM channels are INOP and because ON-109, Total Loss of SRM, IRM, OR APRM Systems, directs a rapid plant shutdown per GP-4 when a Neutron Monitoring System I becomes completely inoperable while that system is

            ~____________-L~re~~q~lu~ir~e~d~t~o~m~oo_n~it~o~Nc~o~n~tr~o~l~ne~u~t~ro~n_f~lu~x~.____________~

Question 12 Info

            ~stion Ty~e:                      ~/h .Itinl", Choice
            *Status:                         Active Always select on test?          No
            .Authorized for eractice?         No
            !Points:                          1.00 Time to Complete:              3
            *Difficult}':                     4.00 I System ID:                      8865 IUser-Defined ID:                 8865 I Cross  Reference Number:        LGSOPS0074.IL 1 AND IL2
            'Topic:                           SRO QUESTION 12 lNum Field 1:                     3.4 Num Field 2:                    3.7 Text Field:                     215004. A2.02 Comments:

I General Data II Technical Reference with i Revision Number: I Tech Spec Table 3.3.6-1

• ON-109, Rev 5 I

i i I Cognitive Level H

                                              . PRA: (i.e. Yes or No or #)                   NO II 10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO)                      55.41 (b} 5,55.43 (b) 6     i i I Question History: (i.e. LGS                  NEW                         I i NRC-05, OYS CERT-04)

II Question Source: (I.e. New, NEW i Bank, Modified) EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 34 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order Revision History: Revision NEW History: (i.e. Modified distractor "b" to make I plausible based on OTPS C ew

                                              )                      ILT ..- - .
                                    , Supplied Ref (If                   NONE appropriC:'lte): (i.e. ABN-##)

Excluded

Reference:

(Le. NONE Ensure ON-## not provided) Low KA Justification (if N/A require~ I EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 35 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order 13 10: 8866 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows:

                -   Reactor power is 6%
                -   Attempts to inject SLC fail.
                -   RPV Pressure is 990 psig, controlled with Bypass Valves.
                -   RPV level is being maintained between -186" and -161" with RCIC.
                -   No other high pressure injection systems are available.

A steam teak occurs in the RCIC room, with room temp 118°F and rising (T-103, Secondary Containment, MNO temperature is 114°F d~- Given the following: T-249, HPCIIRCIC HIGH AREA TEMPERATURE ISOLATION BYPASS

                         - T-250, REMOTE MANUAL PRIMARY CONTAINMENT ISOLATIONS T-112, EMERGENCY BLOWDOWN WHICH ONE of the following describes the ability to continue to operate RCtC, AND the TRIP or T -200 procedure that describes the reason for the action?

Ability to Reason Operate RCte. fQr Action A. RCtC can continue to operate Perform T-249 to bypass RCIC high temperature isolation B. RCIC can continue to operate Perform T -112 IF RCIC automatically isolates on High Temperature C. RCIC can continue to operate Perform T-112 P~ M~rature D. RCIC must be isolated Perform T-250 for RCIC due to MNO temperate being exceeded Answer: B Answer Explanation: OISTRACTOR RCIC can continue to operate, Perform T -249 to bypass RCIC high temperature isolation: Defeating RCIC System high area temperature isolation interlocks permits continued use of these systems following loss of area coolers or ventilation, such as might occur during a station blackout. If a leak does exist, T-249 cannot be . EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 36 of 70

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order ANSWER RCIC can continue to operate Perform T *112 IF RCIC automatically isolates on High Temperature: If RCIC automatically isolated, then RPV level can no longer be restored and maintained above -186 inches, emergency RPV depressurization is required for the purpose of maximizing injection flow from high head pumps and to permit injection from low head pumps. DlSTRACTOR RCIC can continue to operate Perform T*112 if RCIC MSO Temperature is reached: If Reactor Enclosure temperatures continue to rise and exceed the maximum safe operating (MSO) value in two or more areas, the RPV must be depressurized to preclude further temperature rises. The leak identified ib the Stem is only in one ares, therefore T -112 is not required per T-103. Additionally, RCIC MSO temperature is below the isolation setpoint, so RCIC will continue to operate, and maintain . level. .. DISTRACTOR RCIC must be isolated Perform T -250 for RCIC due to MNO temperate being exceeded: LGS TRIP Step SCC/T-5 directs actions to isolate all systems discharging into Reactor Enclosure utilizing T-250 unless the system(s) is(are) required for either fire suppression or to accomplish steps directed in the TRIP procedures. Question 13 Info Question Type: Multiple Choice Status: Active

             ~s select on test?                 No i Authorized for practice?          No Points:                           1.00 Time to Complete:                 3 Difficulty:                      4.00 2Y.?tem ID:                        8866                                                               :

I User-Defined ID: 8866 Cross Reference Number: LGSOPS2010.IL

              !QpJc:                     .. ~

I-SRO QUESTION . 13 Num Field 1: 3.5 Num Field 2: 4.4 Text Field: 217000,2.4.16 Comments: F:Technical Reference with General Data

                                                                                  . T-103 BASES, Rev. 2023 I I
                                               *I Revision Number:                  T-117 BASES, Rev. 2023      i Cognitive Level                   L PRA: (I.e. Yes or No or #)        NO 10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO}          55.411b) 10, 55.43Jb)~

Question History: (I.e. LGS NEW NRC-05, OYS CERT-04) Question Source: (I.e. New, NEW Bank, Modified) EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 37 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order Revision History: Revision NEW History: (i.e. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS review) ILT Supplied Ref (If Imbed Table SCC-1 appropriate): (Le. ABN-##) Excluded

Reference:

(Le. NONE Ensure ON-## not provided)

                                    ! Low KA Justification (if        N/A reguired}:

EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 38 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-i SRO questions in sample plan order 14 10: 8867 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 was operating at 100% power with conditions as follows: The following Safety Relief Valve (SRV) failures have been identified:

              -   is SRV deenergized (fuses removed) due to failed solenoid(s)
              -   "iAn SRV Bellows is confirmed failed
              -   "1 L" SRV Bellows is confirmed failed
              -   All other systems are operable WHICH ONE of the following LCO actions is the most limiting, if any, due to the status of the SRV's, and the basis for that LCO?

A. No Tech Spec Actions required: Sufficient SRV's are available during a designed MSIV failure B. Restore required SRV(s) within 14 days, or be in OPCON 3 within next 12 hrs: Ensures capability to shutdown the plant during adverse conditions C. Be in OPCON 3 within 12 hrs. and OPCON 4 within 24 hrs: Insufficient SRV's available during a designed MSIV failure D. Be in OPCON 3 within 12 hrs. and steam dome pressure <100 psig within 24 hrs: There are insufficient SRV(s) to function during a LOCA Answer: B Answer Explanation: DISTRACTOR No Tech Spec Actions required: Sufficient SRV's are available during a designed MSIV failure TECH SPEC 3.4.2 requires the safety valve function of at least 12 of the following reactor coolant system safety/relief valves shall be OPERABLE. LGS has 14 SRVs, the question stem indicates that two (1A and 1L) of the valves would not function in the safetylrelief mode with bellows failed. The third SRV (1 S) will operate in the Safety/Relief mode but I will not function in the ADS mode. This valve is required to function in the ADS function so Tech Spec 3.S.1.d ANSWER Restore required SRV(s) within 14 days, or be in OPCON 3 within next 12 hrs: Ensures capability to shutdown the plant during adverse conditions The third SRV (is) is an ADS valve. Although this valve can perform the function of Safety/Relief it will not function in an ADS capability. TECH SPEC 3.5.1.d requires that all five ADS SRV be functional or the LCO action must be taken. OISTRACTOR Be in OPCON 3 within 12 hrs. and OPCON 4 within 24 hrs: Insufficient SRV's available during a designed I MSIV failure EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 39 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY IL T09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order DISTRACTOR Be in OPCON 3 within 12 hrs. and steam dome pressure <100 psig within 24 hrs: There are insufficient SRV(s) to function during a

            '----_ _ _ _ _ _. , _ . L  LOCA
            @uestion 14 Info i Question Type:                 Multiple Choice Status:                        Active!                                                          I Always select on test?         No
            ~-

Authorized for practice? No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete: 3 I Difficult}': 3.00 S.1'st~ID: .88(( User-DElfi.neaID: .8867 Cross q~fbl ""I Iv"" Number: LLo-t u;J;ju.09

             !2Eic:                          SRO QUESTION 14                                              ._1 Num Field 1:

Num Field 2:

             =Text Field:

Comments: ~---. General Data Technical Reference with T.S. 3.4.2, 3.5.1, 3.5.3, Revision Number: 3.3.7.4 Cognitive Level L 10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO) 10CFR 55.43 (b) 5 Question History: (i.e. LGS Bank NRC-OS, OYS CERT-04) Question Source: (Le. New, Bank Bank, Modified) Revision History: Revision Bank History: (Le. Modified distractor UbI> to make plausible based on OTPS review) ILT Supplied Ref (If T.S 3.3.3 and 3.5.1

                                             ~.!opriate): (i.e. ABN-##)

Excluded

Reference:

(Le. NONE Ensure ON-## not provided) Low KA Justification (if N/A _requ~ed): _. EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 40 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order 15 10: 8858 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows;

              -   Reactor STARTUP in progress
              -   Neutron Monitoring Overlap Surveillance Test has been completed
              -   Source Range Monitors (SRMs) detectors are being withdrawn
              -   Intermediate Range Monitors (IRMs) status is as follows:

IRM Channel IRM Range switch A 4 B 3 C 3 o BYPASSED E BYPASSED F 4 G 3 H 4 Annunciator "1A RPS & UPS DIST PNL TROUBLE" alarm at (120011, F-5) alarmed, and investigation revealed the "1A" RPS/UPS inverter 120VAC output breaker(s} trip on undervoltage WHICH ONE of the following identifies the IRMs that lose their power supply and related procedural requirements? IRM power supply loss Required Procedural actions A. A, C, and G only Perform S94.9.A, Routine Inspection of "A" RPS/UPS Inverter B. A, C, E and G Continue control rod withdrawal per GP-2, Normal Plant Startup C. A, C, E and G Perform S94.9.A, Routine Inspection of "A" RPS/UPS Inverter D. A, C, and G only Continue control rod withdrawal per GP-2, Normal Plant Startup Answer: C Answer Explanation: I OISTRACTOR A, C. and G only - Perform S94.9.A. Routine Inspection of "A" RPS/UPS Inverter Any combinations other than as listed in the answer. See Answer OISTRACTOR A. C, E and G - Continue control rod withdrawal per GP-2, Normal Plant Startup Any combinations other than as listed in the answer. See Answer EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 41 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY I LT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order ANSWER A, C, E and G - Perform S94.9.A, Routine Inspection of "A" RPS/UPS Inverter - ARC MCR 120 F-5 1A RPS & UPS Distribution trouble alarm identifies a loss of power to panel 1AC248 which causes a loss of the loads listed on E-32 Sheet 1. OPERATOR ACTIONS:

1. Refer to E-1AY160, "Loss of 1A RPS UPS Power".

2. Dispatch Operator to locally determine the problem with 1AY160 distribution panel source via S94.9.A (Routine Inspection of *A RPS UPS Static Inverter).

3. Consider reportability and Tech Spec implications.

CAUSES:

1. Loss of 125 VDC from Panel 1AD 102 CKT 17 or 1CD1 02 CKT 04.

2. Overvoltage, undervoltage or under-frequency condition at RPS breaker Panel 1AC248 to 1A RPS UPS Distribution Panel1AY160.

DEVICE(S): I 81-AY2480i (CY24801) I 27-AY24801 (CY2480 1 )

• 59-AY24801 (CY24801)

A GP-2, Normal Plant Startup cannot continue due to a 1/2 scram signal due to a loss of power supply to the 1A Yi60 panel as referenced by the associated "E" procedure E-1AY160 indicating a 1/2 scram on a loss of the power supply. Also a RMCS control rod block occurs due to the loss of the power supply. Therefore, power operation cannot continue. TECH SPECs require, during a reactor STARTUP (OPCON 2), a minimum of 3 IRMs per trip system to be OPERABLE, or to be in HOT SHUTDOWN within 12 hours. DISTRACTOR A, C, and G only - Continue control rod withdrawal per GP*2, Normal Plant Startup i Any combinations other than as listed in the answer. See Answer I

            ~------------~--------

EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 42 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order Question 15 Info Question Type: Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test? No Authorized for practice? No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete: 3 Difficulty: 3.00 System ID: 8858 User-Defined ID: 8858 Cross Reference Number: LOT0250.10 Topic: Loss of IRM power supply and procedural requirements Num Field 1: R02.8 Num Field 2: SRO 3.2 Text Field: 215003 A2.01 Comments: General Data Technical Reference with ARC 1A RPS & UPS Dist Revision Number: Pnl120 F-5 and 1A-Y160, Loss of 1A RPS UPS Power Cognitive Level H PRA: (i.e. Yes or No or #) Y 10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO) SRO 55.43 (b) 2 Question History: (i.e. LGS New NRC-05, OYS CERT-04) Question Source: (i.e. New, New Bank, Modified) Revision History: Revision N/A History: (i.e. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS review) ILT Supplied Ref (If NONE appropriate): (i.e. ABN-##) Excluded

Reference:

(i.e. 1A-Y160 Ensure ON-## not provided) Low KA Justification (if N/A required): KIA 215003 A2.01 RO 2.8 SRO 3.2 EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 43 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order 16 10: 8868 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows: 100% Reactor power 1B Reactor Recirc MG-Set trips and the following alarms are noted congll:r~nlly: 126 AUX BUS 1, A-4, 12 Unit Aux Bus Neg. Phase Sequence 126 AUX BUS 1, B-4, 12 Unit Aux Bus Undervoltage 125 GEN 1, F-4, 12 Bus Breaker Trip WHICH ONE of the following describes the expected impact on the Feedwater system and the appropriate procedural response? A. All RFPs remain in service GP 5 Appendix 3, Unintentional Drop in with speed limited to 78%. Power B. C RFP trips. A & B remain OT-110, Reactor High Level in service. Speed limited to 78%. C. B & C RFPs trip. A RFP OT-100, Reactor Low Level remains in service with speed limited to 78%. D. All RFPs trip. T-101, RPV Control Answer: A Answer Explanation:

                           ---.~-,-~--- -.~-----.----~.~.-.-~.~--.-.-----                . .- . - . - - . -

ANSWER All RFPs remain in service with speed limited to 78%. GP 5 Appendix 3, Unintentional Drop in Power: Loss of the 12 Aux Bus trips the B Condensate pump trip and the 1B Reactor Recirc MG-Set; additionally, with feed flow initially> 80%, there is a 62% runback of the recirculation system preventing a reactor scram. All Reactor Feed Pumps remain in service, and GP-5 is entered for the unirlten!i.~§L<:l£()EJI1. POw~!.:.._____._ _~. OISTRACTOR C RFP trips. A & B remain in service. Speed limited to 78%. OT-110, Reactor High Level. OT-100, Reactor Low Level:

                    -----=-=---+-::=.::

OISTRACTOR B & C RFPs trip. A RFP remains in service with speed limited to 78%:

---+-::-:c-----------------------------

OISTRACTOR All RFPs trip. T -101, RPV Control: Loss of this bus will NOT result immediate reactor EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 44 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order Question 16 Info Question TYl2e: Multi~le Choice Status: Active .. - - .. Always select on test? No Authorized for practice? No Points: 1.00

            *Time to Complete:              3 I Difficult~                    3.00 iSystem 10:                     8868                  i

• User-Defined 10: _a ~ i i Cros!:) Reference Numb,ef: LGSOPSOOOQ.lLaq To~ic: SRO QUESTIO'N. 16
• Num Field 1: I 3.6~ Y Num Field 2: \ ~6 )J /

Text Field: "- 2950~ Comments: r---.../ I General Data I I Technical Reference with ARC-MCR-104 F2 Rev 0 i

• Revision Number:

I Cognitive Level H I PRA: (I.e. Yes or No or #) INO 10CFR §5.4_3 (N/A for RO) I 55.41 (b) 5, 55.4? (b) 6 Question History: (I.e. LGS NEW NRC-05, OYS CERT-04) Question Source: (I.e. New, NEW Bank, Modified) Revision History: Revision NEW History: (I.e. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS I.~

                                            ~w..                         . I I                              ILT i Supplied Ref (If                   NONE
                                            . aQ~ro~riate):JJ.e. ABN-##)

I Excluded

Reference:

(i.e. NONE i Ensure ON-## not provided) fLOW KA Justification (if N/A I required): EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 45 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order 17 10: 8869 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 was operating at 100% power when the following events occur: Level Transmitter LT-1 N1081A fails upscale Reactor Water Clean up is in service and operating normally A Loss of Coolant accident results in the following indications Reactor Scram Drywell Pressure 16 PSIG Drywell Temperature is 210 0 F RPV Level being maintained by HPCI at -60" Reactor Pressure 650 PSIG and slowly lowering WHICH one of the following describes the position of the RWCU isolation valves five minutes after HPCI start with no operator actions taken? EQUIPMENT NAME CHANNEL BYPASS HV-44-1 F001 "RWCU Suct" A&B None (INBD) HV-44-1 F004 "RWCU Suet" C&D None (OUTBD) HV-44-1 F001 (INBOARD) HV-44-1 F004 (OUTBOARD) A. Closes Closes B. Closes Remains Open C. Remains Open Closes D. Remains Open Remains Open Answer: C Answer Explanation: ANSWER l T-1N1081A failing up scale will prevent isolation of HV-44-1 F001 valve. Logic for isolation requires both A & B NSSSS isolation signals. When RPV level drops to below -38 inches (level 2) all other NSSSS (1N1081B through 1N1080D) level 2 transmitters will actuate. logic for isolation of the HV-44-1 F004 requires both C & D NSSSS isolation signals. These signals do not come from the 1N1081A therefore the valve will isolate. OISTRACTOR A is incorrect due to l T-1 N1081A failing up scale will prevent isolation of HV-44-1 F001 valve. logic for isolation requires both A & B NSSSS isolation signals. EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 46 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order DISTRACTOR B is incorrect due to LT -1 N 1081 A failing up scale will prevent isolation of HV-44-1 F001 valve. Logic for isolation requires both A & B NSSSS isolation signals. Logic for isolation of the HV-44-1 F004 requires both C & D NSSSS isolation signals. These signals do not come from the 1N 1081 A therefore the valve will isolate. DISTRACTOR o is incorrect. Logic for isolation of the HV 44-1 F004 requires both C & 0 NSSSS isolation signals. These signals do not come from the 1N1081A therefore the valve will isolate. Question 17 Info

            ~Question T~pe:                   Multiple Choice Status:                         Active
            ~s         select on test?        No Authorized for practice?        No Points:                         1.00 Time to Complete:              .3 i Difficulty:                     4.00 System 10:                      8869 User-Defined 10:                8869 Cross Reference Number:         LGSOPS1560.IL6,LGSOPS2003.IL3
            ~Jc:                              SRO QUESTION 17 Num Field 1:                    4.6 Num Field 2:                    4.6                  Il r.

Text Field: 204000,2.1.20 K(,AIUL.. Comments: General Data I Technical Reference with

• Revision Number:

T-226, Rev. 1414 T-11 6 Rev 1 6 I I i I Cognitive Level H  ! PRA: (Le. Yes or No or #) NO I

• 10CFR 55.43 (N/A for ROJ 55.41 (b) 5,55.43 (b) 6 I Question History: (Le. LGS NEW NRC-05, OYS CERT-04}

Question Source: (i.e. New, NEW Bank, Modified) Revision History: Revision NEW History: (Le. Modified

• distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS review) I ILT Supplied Ref (If P&IO M-42, Sheet 2 is appropriate): (Le. ABN-##) required to answer this question.

Excluded

Reference:

(i.e. NONE Ensure ON-## notprovided) Low KA Justification (if N/A required): I EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 47 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order 18 10: 8870 Points: 1.00 Unit 2 plant conditions are as follows: OPCON 5 Monthly ONE ROD OUT INTERLOCK VERIFICATION TEST. ST-6-107-632-1. is in progress. A centrally located control rod has been withdrawn to position 02. The Refuel Bridge is moving from the spent fuel pool through the cattle chute with the main hoist full up and UNLOADED. WHICH ONE of the following describes the expected refueling equipment response? A. All control rod motion is blocked as the refuel bridge moves over the core. B. The Refuel Bridge will automatically stop as the refuel bridge moves over the core. C. Outward control rod motion ONLY is blocked as the refuel bridge moves over the core. D. When a fuel bundle is grappled and raised. hoist movement is IMMEDIATELY blocked. Answer: 0 Answer Explanation: _ _

• _ _ ~_~_~~_~ ___ ~ _ _ _ _ ~ ____ *~~~~_*~_~_~~ ____ r~ ___ ~_~_~ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ~ ____ ~ _ _ ~_.~ ___ ~ _ _ _

              'DiSTRACTOR- All control rod motion is blocked as the refuel bridge moves over the core: Rod block requires bridge near or over core and any hoist fuel loaded. Incorrect because hoist is unloaded. Also incorrect because only outward rod motion is blocked.

OISTRACTOR- -The Refuel Bridge will automatically stop as the refuel bridge moves over the core: No Bridge motion when bridge near or over core and any hoist fuel loaded with any rod not full in. Incorrect because hoist is unloaded. OISTRACTOR Outward control rod motion ONL Y is blocked as the refuel bridge moves over the core: Rod block requires ANSWER bridge near or over core and any hoist fuel loaded. Incorrect becau~~ ~oistis unloaded_ _ When a fuel bundle is grappled and raised, hoist __________________ j movement is IMMEOIATELY blocked: Main Hoist inoperative when bridge near or over core and any rod not full in with. .main hoist fuel loaded.

                                               -~~-~--.~-.~---                                                   . .                         . .       -~~~~~~.

EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 49 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order Question 18 Info Question Type: Multiple Choice Status: Active i Always select on test? No

            *Authorized for practice?   No Points:                   1.00 Time to Complete:         3 Difficulty:               3.00 System ID:                8870 User-Defined ID:          8870 Cross Reference Number:   LLOT0760.5B SRO QUESTION 18 3.3
            - Comments:

4.1 234000, K4.01 Technical Reference with Revision Number: General Data S97.0.M, Rev. 20 Cognitive Level L PRA: (I.e. Yes or No or #) NO 10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO) 55.41 (b) 7,55.43 (b) 7 Question History: (Le. LGS NEW NRC-05, OYS CERT-04) Question Source: (I.e. New, NEW Bank, Modified)

                                        , Revision History: Revision       NEW I History: (i.e. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS

• revie vv }

ILT Supplied Ref (If NONE

                                          §Qprc>priate): (i.e. ABN-##)

Excluded

Reference:

(i.e. NONE Ensure ON-## not provided) Low KA Justification (if N/A required): EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 50 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order 19 ID: 8876 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 was operation at 100% power when a main generator fault resulted in the following conditions: Main Turbine Trip Automatic Reactor Scram All control rods failed to insert Reactor power 38 % The Full Core Display has the following indications for all control rods: Red Rod Drift Lights ON Orange Scram Accumulator Lights ON Blue Scram Lights ON Red Rod Full Out Indication OFF An SRO is executing the RC/Q leg of T-101 Which ONE of the following procedures should the CRS direct personnel to perform? A. T-213, Individual Control Rod Scram/Solenoid De-energization B. T-215, De-enerization of Scram Solenoids C. T-216, Manual Isolation and Vent of Scram Air Header D. T-217, RPS/ARI Reset and Backup Method of Draining Scram Discharge Volume Answer: D Answer Explanation: DISTRACTOR T -213, Individual Control Rod Scram/Solenoid De energization T -213 would not provide any benefit since _ _ _ ~_-+=:R.ES h,~s alrE~ady de-energized DlSTRACTOR T-215, De-enerization of Scram Solenoids T-215 would not provide any benefit since RPS has already de

                           -c-_ _I---'-en'-e.:....r.....

gc=iz-'-e(.L_______~. ______________ DISTRACTOR T -216, Manual Isolation and Vent of Scram Air Header T-216 would not provide any benefit since RPS had actuated and the Scram Air Header is already EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 51 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order ANSWER T-217, RPS/ARI Reset and Backup Method of Draining Scram Discharge Volume - Analyzing the information in the stem it can be determined that RPS actuated as indicated by all Blue Scram Lights being lit and Scram Accumulator Lights lit, some control rod movement occurred Green Rod Full Out Indication not lit and Rod Drift lights lit. In aggregate, analysis the indication would eliminate a failure of RPS to function as the cause of the ATWS and indicate that there is an issue with the Scram discharge volume. Of the T-200 procedures provided, only T-217 is a viable option. T-213, T-215 and T-216 are contingencies for a RPS failure. T-217 is the only contingency that addresses Scram Discharge blocka e. System ID_:______--I..-.-.. _____~ _ _ _ _ _ _._._ _ _ _ _._ _ _.._ _ _ ._ _ _ ~._._~___i User-Defined 10: --:-:-~ Cross Reference Number:

                          ~~~~_-_-_-_-._~_._--_.

o- j-c'=:-: T..- fcc Num Field 1: Num Field 2' _+1 SRO QU.ESTION 19 holder ==- ..-~

            ,Text Field:                                                                                       _.

c-:::--- Comments: General Data Technical Reference with S97.0.M, Rev. 20 Revision Number: .. _Cognitive Level H . r:RA: (i.e. Yes ()r No or!!) . NO 1"OCFR 55.4;UN/A for ROj 55.41 {b}10, 55.43 {b) 13 Question History: (I.e. LGS NEW _f'!f3.f-05, OYS CERT-04) Question Source: (I.e. New, NEW Bank, Modified} Revision History: Revision NEW History: (I.e. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS cleviewl ILT Supplied Ref (If NONE appropriate}: {I.e. ABN-##) Excluded

Reference:

(I.e. NONE Ensure ON-## not provided) Low KA Justification (if N/A required): EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 52 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order 20 10: 5013 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as foillows: ST-6-092-364-1, 014 DIESEL GENERATOR OPERABILITY VERIFICATION, is in progress: The EO working locally at the EDG reports that the procedure directs operation of LOCAL-REMOT SELECTOR SWITCH "43-DG207" The EO verifies that this switch number should be "43-DG501" WHICH ONE of the following describes the actions necessary to complete this ST? A. Complete the ST, then submit a PPIS for the change per HU-AA-104-101, Procedure Use and Adherence B. Complete the ST, then submit a TC for the change, AD-LG-101-1002 Temporary Changes To Approved Documents and Partial Procedure Use C. Stop the ST, process a PPIS for the change per HU-AA-104-101, Procedure Use and Adherence, then continue D. Stop the ST, process a TC for the change per AD-LG-101-1002 Temporary Changes To Approved Documents and Partial Procedure Use, then continue Answer: 0 Answer Explanation: DISTRACTOR I Complete the ST, then submit a PPIS for the change per HU-AA-104-101, Procedure Use and Adherence -see answer below I DISTRACTOR Complete the ST, then submit a TC for the change, AD LG-101-1002 Temporary Changes To Approved Documents and Partial Procedure Use - see answer below

                          ---i----'-'

DISTRACTOR Stop the ST, process a PPIS for the change per HU-AA 104-101, Procedure Use and Adherence, then continue

              '--~___ ~__ : see answer below EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST                        Page: 54 of 70                              20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order ANSWER Stop the ST, process a TC for the change per AD-LG-1 01 1002 Temporary Changes To Approved Documents and Partial Procedure Use, then continue Temporary Changes (TC) to procedures or T&RMs should be issued when the existing document is in error. Errors in equipment numbers, equipment condition (ontoff, open/closed), numerical values, and sample calculations are be considered TCs NOT PPISs. Per HU-AA-101-104, when procedural errors are identified, STOP AND NOTIFY supervision, initiate appropriate changes prior to continuing or attempting again.

            ' - -_ _   .   ~   .._ _.1____ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _                  ~   _ _ _ __ '

Question 20 Info I Question Type: Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test? No Authorized for Qractice? No IPoints: 1.00 I Time to Complete: 2 I Difficulty: 3.00 I Sy;:Ht:::r 10: 5013 User-Defined 10 5013 Cross Reference Number: LOT1570.01

            ~opic:

SRQ Question 20

            . Num Field l'                     3.0 Num Field 2:                    13.6 Text Field:                     [2.2.6 Comments:                        ..  ---      ..

General Data Technical ReferenC~U-AA-1 04- Revisio Revision Number: 101 n #: AD-LG-101

                                                                        . 1002 I

Il I Cognitive Level L IpRA: N 10CFR 55.43 55.43 (b) 3 Question History: (Le. LGS BANK NRC-05, OYS CERT-04) Question Source: (i.e. New,

                                               ~, Modified)

Low KA Justification (if BANK N/A I required): Revision History: Revision Added procedure History: (Le. Modified references, still

                                               . distractor "b" to make                considered bank Q I plausible based on OTPS
                                               ~eview}                                            ~.--

ILT Supplied Ref (If NONE appropriate): (Le. ABN-##) EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 55 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09~1 SRO questions in sample plan order i Excluded

Reference:

(Le. AD-LG~101-1002

                                        ; Ensure ON-## not provide_dL-.1._H_U'--_AA_-1_0_4_-1_0_1._ _ _---'

Question 20 Table-Item Links NRC EXAM - 10 CFR 55 Operators' Licenses CFR: 41.10 Administrative, normal, abnormal, and emergency operating procedures for the facility. 10 CFR 55.43 SRO WRITTEN EXAMINATION CFR: 43.2 Facility operating limitations in the technical specifications and their bases. CFR: 43.3 Facility licensee procedures required to obtain authority for design and operating changes in the facility. CFR: 45.13 Demonstrate the applicant's ability to function within the control room team as appropriate to the assigned position, in such a way that the facility licensee's procedures are adhered to and that the limitations in its license and amendments are not violated. General Question Data Higher Limerick SRO EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 56 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order 21 10: 8872 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows: OPCON 5 COfe Shuffle Part I is progress During transfer of an irradiated fuel bundle from the core to the spent fuel pool, a catastrophic failure of the fuel handling grapple occurs and results in the following: The fuel bundle is laying on itl/side in the transfer canal The fuel bundle was not damaged WHICH ONE of the following workers would be at the greatest risk of radiation overexposure? A. LSRO on the refuel platform ~ "UJ

                                                                                  /l B.       Shaw workers erecting scaffolding on Elevation 313 C.       Maintenance mechanic working on "1A" Recirc Pump D.       Instrument Maintenance Technician at the Standby Liquid Control Skid Answer:           B Answer Explanation:

OISTRACTOR LSRO on the refuel platform Incorrect, water level above the fuel bundle will act as shielding and change in radiation levels are expected on the refueling platform ANSWER Shaw workers erecting scaffolding on Elevation 313: Correct, Per RP-LG-460-103, Upper Level Drywell Access Controls during Irradiated Core Component Movement, during movement of irradiated fuel, control rods, or LPRMs through the cattle chute, then restrict access to elevation 313" and inside the bioshield on 303' including i N9 stub nozzle. This restriction is put into place due to high radiation levels that may result DlSTRACTOR Maintenance mechanic working on Safety Relief Valves: Incorrect due to the location of the Reactor Recirc Pumps not being impacted by radiation levels around the fuel transfer canal. OISTRACTOR Instrument Maintenance Technician at the Standby Liquid Control Skid: Incorrect due to the Standby Liquid Control skid is located on Elevation 283' and is not affected by increased radiation levels on Elevation 313' EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 57 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order To ic: - ..

                       ~----~,--~~-+.:C7..;..-cc-~-,-",,=-,,-=~-,=--,,-:c ----"'L---~~--~--"'---------1 Num Field 1:

Nu-m-Fie-ld-2:------t-:=.-=---~--*----------~~--------1 Text Field: Comments: ~-~~---~-~-.=-=--~- -----.

                                                    ~_~ _ _ ~ ~               ~G._~n_e_raJ Q_at_a_~ ________

Technical Reference with RP-LG-460-103 Revision Number:

                                                 '--~~

Cognitive Level L PRA: (i.e~'r'es o~~l'Jo or ~ -+~N:.c:...:cO_ __~~ _______~~ LOCFB 55.43 (N/A for ROJ 55.41 (b) 12. 55.43 b 4 Question History: (i.e. LGS NEW NRC-05, OYS CERT-04) Question Source: {i.e. New, NEW Bank,~fy1odifi~=_ _:_=~--~=:_:__~------ Revision History: Revision NEW History: (i.e. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS review) ILT

                                               ~-~~~~---~~----,,~~=---------~

Supplied Ref (If NONE

                                                 ~ropri§lte): (Le. ABN-##) .

Excluded

Reference:

(Le. NONE EnsureO~##n~~o~v-id~e-d~--~---------~-~ Low KA Justification (if re

                                               '--.....L_ _--L _ _._. _ _ _ _._.. _ _ _ ----'-_~   ____     ~~ __

EXAfvfBANK"COMPUTER TEST Page: 58 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order 22 10: 8877 Points: 1.00 Unit 2 Plant conditions are as follows: A large break LOCA has occurred RPV Level dropped to -310" is stable at -207" DfW Pressure reached at 18 PSIG then rapidly dropped to 3 PSIG when the seal on the drywell equipment hatch failed MET Data indicates wind is from 88 degrees at 5 mph A General Emergency has been declared LIMERICK I PEACH BOnOM PLANT BASED PAR FLOWCHART Classification is a Gel1eral Emergency No PARs Required Yes

                                                              -~,~

Dose Projecrion ,. 500-IlIRem TEDE No AND

                                                                                      < 1 Rem TEDE and                <: 5 Rem eDE Thyroid
                                                                                  ------------~------~
                                                                                           ----------~--------~-

Yes

• Consider Shelter 2-MII. Radius &

5.M iles Downwind,

• Recommend Klfor the General No Public in Sheltered Areas.

loss 01 'FUEL CLAD' Barrier

• Advise the remainder of the EPZ to monitor [AS Messages, Yes r--lO-S-S-M-'~RE~A-e-T-O-RcoxonLAANNTTiSY~S~T~EMM~'B3ta;'rr~ie;r~~N~o~______________- ,

Yes

• Evacuate 2-Mile Radius & 5-Mil",

                                               ":,-:=-=-~-==::_:--__-.        No             Downwind or Shelter baS<><! on offsite loss of 'PRIMARY CONTAINMENT' Barrier                                       impediments,

• Recomm end Kllor the General Public in Yes EVII<:u.ted Areas,
• Ad.ise the remeinderofthe EPZ 10
• Eva<:uate 5 Mile Radius & 10-Miles monitor EAS Messages, Downwind or Shelter based on off. it..

impediment.,

• Recommend Kllor general Public in INOTE: Ensure dose based PARs a;e evaluated ,

evacuated areas. ~when a release 15 in progress, .-----.J

• Advise the remainder of the EPZ to monitor EA ') :U~'ng(>s. Date: _ _ _ _ _Time: _ _.,_ _

Wind Directions (From) l---OOW-nWind Sectors' Wind Directions (From) Downwind Sectors' __3:355:-;;.-C't0"-C0;;:;O",,5_ _-.JI,_-=S:=S7E=,/~S' SSW 17510 '185 . NNW IN ':",N-=N.:::E=-=--j

        -          006 to 017                        SSE {SI SSW I SW                      '18610 '197                          NNW f N.' NNE / NE          I 01810027                             SISSW!SW                           '19810207                                NINNE/NE 02810 03;<-9_ _+ __S~IS""S;.,:W7,I~S;.,:W.;..,I7iW""S::;.,W",-_____;:;:.;20;;.;;8-;.lo:....:2~19.             N! NNE I NE / ENE

____ .-J!1QJQ 050_____ SSW { SW {WSW 220 10 23~0*---+--;';-N~N:;::E'::;:'l~NE { ENE 051 to 062-SSWISW I WSW rv:r r - - - -231to 242---- NNE f NE' ENE I E

       ,_-.---'O;;'6'~3"::to~O""'72;;--~+"""";;;'~SW I WSW I W                             243 to 252                               NE I ENE I E 073 to 084                       SW I WSW I W {WNW                      25310264                              NEI ENEI E I ESE
        '---08510095                                  WSW I W I WNW                        26510275                                ENE I E f ESE 096 to 107                       WSW I W / WNW I NW                     27610287                              ENE I E I ESE I:.LJ
                   '108 to '117 ---If---'-7W         f;'( WNW (NW                      28810297                                  E ( ESE I SE            i 1----,:..'11;:.;;8:-=to~'12""'9-~-i-~W* I WNW I NW (NNW---298 to 309                                                      E I ESE I SE I SS~

130 to '140--VJNW (NW I NNW 310 to 320 ESE / SEI SSE

       !--~---i-14':;":1;-;t:;;;"0-;"15~2'----+~WNW I NW (NNW I N                           32110332                             ESE I SE f SSE IS
                   '153 to '162                         NW f NNW IN                         333 to 342                               SE I SSE IS
                   '163 to '174                      NW/NNW/N/NNE                          34310354                              SE/SSEISISSW               I
          'BOLD refers to afleeted se(tors. These sectors are based on a dOse model stability class"D and II'l some cases ;)11 extc;)

sector was inCluded lor cOI1servatlSm EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 59 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order Which ONE of the following protective action recommendation should be taken?

                    ,!::vacuation Radius A.      Evacuate 2 Mile Radius I 5 Mile Downwind                    ENE I E / ESE B.      Evacuate 2 Mile Radius / 5 Mile Downwind                   WSW/W/WNW C.      Evacuate 5 Mile Radius! 10 Mile Downwind                    ENE/E!ESE D.      Evacuate 5 Mile Radius 110 Mile Downwind                   WSW/W/WNW Answer:          D Answer Explanation:

DISTRACTOR Evacuate 2 Mile Radius I 5 Mile Downwind ENE I E I ESE: I Incorrect due to this evacuation is based on loss 2 of thre~ fission barriers

                                     ~----         -                                 --~---

DISTRACTOR Evacuate 2 Mile Radius I 5 Mile Downwind WSW 1WI WNW: Incorrect due to this evacuation is based on loss 2 of three fission barriers and an incorrect assumption on I downwind sectors affected (I.e. wrong direction) i DISTRACTOR Evacuate 5 Mile Radius 110 Mile Downwind ENE I E I ESE: Incorrect due to Downwind sector being wrong. If the assumption is made that the wind is blowing to 88 degrees these sectors would be correct. The affected sectors are based on the wind from direction. ANSWER Evacuate 5 Mile Radius 110 Mile Downwind WSW I W I WNW RPV level at <-186", results it a Fuel Clad Barrier LOSS and a Reactor Coolant System Barrier LOSS. The rapid drop in Drywell Pressure would result in a Primary Containment Barrier LOSS per EP-AA-1 008. These conditions would result in a declaration on a General Emergency due to a LOSS or Potential Loss of all three fission product barriers. In evaluating the PAR per EP-AA-111-F-08. a loss of three fission product barriers would result in evacuation of 5-Mile Radius and 10-Mile downwind Sectors. Since the wind was from 88 degrees, WSW I W / WNW downwind sectors would be c:ifft::vlt:::U I EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 60 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order Question 22 Info Question TYJ).e~ _____ Status: To ic: ---------~---------,f----~--------------------------------------~--____l

            *Num ~--~--~--------+---

Field 1: Num Field 2: Text Comments:

                                         ~:::~:::::~~neral ~~~:A-1 O~~~~~7~

RevIsion Number: EP-AA-l11-F-08, Rev 0 I

                                                 ----------------f---:                                         - -  '

Cogni~ve Level____ H --------i

                                         ~;t~~*~5~~s(~I~;SR~                 ~~~10:-5[_!r(b)]--1 Question History: (Le. LGS          NEW

_N.I3C-05.J)YS C~B.!:~_ --------~-___1 Question Source: (Le. New, NEW

                                        ~~~Mo~i~fi~ed~_ _ _ _~__________________~

Revision History: Revision NEW History: (Le. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS _~viEl.V'!.L.. ___________

                                                          -:------~----~-

ILT- - - - - - - - - - - - - - Supplied Ref (If EP-AA-111-F-08 a Qr:QP.Siate L(i:.~:.~~_N -##) irl!J.~cl_<!~c'-i_l'!j!1.e guesti~n Excluded

Reference:

(Le. NONE Ensure ON-## not rovided

                                               -.-~-.-~--.~.-~              ~--~~--~-.-~.----~--~

Low KA Justification (if N/A req.t:Ji~:

                                                                           -~-------------::-:~-

EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 61 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order 23 10: 8879 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 Plant conditions are as follows: Reactor power 100% power 1& C determines that the following Transmitters are failed upscale LT-42-1N095A LT-42-1 N097A WHICH ONE of the following identifies the status of the Instrumentation LCOs listed below? TS LCO 3.:t:t TSLC03.3.5 A. Satisfied Satisfied B. Satisfied Not Satisfied. C. Not Satisfied Satisfied D. Not Satisfied Not Satisfied Answer: 0 Answer Explanation: EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 62 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order DISTRACTOR Satisfied - Satisfied /Incorrect but plausible since onlytWO channels (One I subsystems) provide signals for the ADS Level 3 permissive. If the applicant doesn't notice the (***) note at the bottom of the page concerning that the "Minimum Operable Channels per Trip Function" is per subsystem then this choice appears to be correct answer, and doesn't know how many level channels are actually available for RCIC circuits, or believes High level rip function is met due to ~ transmitter being in a trieQed conditions. DISTRACTOR Satisfied - Not Satisfied I Incorrect but plausible if the . applicant doesn't know how many level channels are actually available for ADS circuit. DISTRACTOR Not Satisfied - Satisfied I Incorrect but plausible if the applicant doesn't know how many level channels are actually available for the RCIC circuits, or believes High level trip function is met due to transmitter being in a tripped condition. ANSWER Not Satisfied-Not Satisfied I From M-42 Sheet 1, the affected instruments would be: LT-1 N095A (ECCS - ADS Level 3 Permissive) LT-1N097A (RCIC Level 2, 8). From Sheet 2, Table 1 "Water Level instrumentation Utilization" the function and level trip point for each level transmitter can be found in the last two columns of the table. Based on the information, LCO 3.3.3 is not met since the ADS Level 3 Permissive requires a minimum of 1 operable channel (1/trip system; two trip systems with 1 channel per trip system). LCO 3.3.5 is not met since RCIC Level 2 and Level 8 trips require a minimum of 4 operable channels (4 per trip I function). i Question 23 Info i Question TYQe: IMultiple Choice I Status: Active Always select on test? No .. I Authorized for Qractice? No IP o i n t s : - - - - 1.00 Time to Complete: 3

             ~cult~                                    3.00 Sysier 10                               8879 I User-Definea       10                   8879 Cross  qt;,,:'1 ClI,..,Cl Number:       LLO'I ufou.5B Topic:                                  T.S & M-42 for LIs Num Field 1:                            4.0 Num Field 2:                            4.7 Text Field:                             2.2.22 Comments:
                                                     .1                        General Data I Technical Reference with       I S97.0.M, Rev. 20
                                 ._-_._--_.            i Revision Number:

EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 63 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order Cognitive Level H I I PRA: (i.e. Yes or No or#t NO I i 10CFR 55.43 {N/A for RO) 55.43 {b}2 I [ Question History: (I.e. LGS 20081LT

                                     . NRC-05. OYS CERT-04)

• Question Source: (I.e. New, . 20081LT

                                     ~Bank. Modified)

Revision History: Revision 20081LT History: (I.e. Modified

• distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS i

review) i ILT Supplied Ref (If T.S. Sections 3.3 appropriate): (i .e. ABN-##) (instrumentation). and 3.3.5 (RCIC) M sheet 1 & 2 I Excluded

Reference:

(i.e. NONE I Ensure ON-## not provided) II Low KA Justifii.;cHIVIl (if . N/A required): I

            '------_._--        ~.

I EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 64 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order 24 10: 5401 Points: 1.00 Unit 2 plant conditions are as follows:

           - Drywell venting to REECE is in progress for containment pressure control per OT-101, HIGH DRYWELL PRESSURE During the venting operation, a steam leak in the drywell is indicated on the containment leak detectors and the SOUTH STACK HI HI RAD alarm is received WHICH ONE of the following describes the plant response and required actions, if any, based on the above conditions?

A. Automatic Group 6B isolation will terminate the release. Ensure isolation of 2 inch vents and start of SGTS B. Automatic Group 6B isolation will terminate the release and SGTS will remain in standby. Ensure isolation of 2 inch vents. C. Alarm only. Manually isolate 2 inch vents and ensure at least one SGTS fan and filter is running in AUTO until normal release rates restored D. Alarm only. Manually isolate 2 inch vents and ensure drywell cooling is maximized Answer: D Answer Explanation:

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order

             'DISTRACTOR                     Automatic Group 6B isolation will terminate the release. Ensure isolation of 2 inch vents and start of SGTS. A south stack hi hi radiation signal will not initiate a 6B isolation (see GP-8 Pg. 6. 8-9). No isolations will
             ,_______-~-I-a=...u:...;t=omatically occur.                                                            ____._ _ _ _ _ _._ _-I DISTRACTOR                   Automatic Group 6B isolation will terminate the release and SGTS will remain in standby. Ensure isolation of 2 inch vents. A south stack hi hi radiation signal will not initiate a 6B isolation (see GP-8 Pg. 6'f~_9)'

No isolations will automatically occur~~ _ _ __ Alarm only. Manually isolate 2 inch vents and ensure at least one SGTS fan and filter is running in AUTO until normal release rates restored. SGTS will not automatically initiate. .~_ _._ _ _ _ _- - j ANSWER Alarm only. Manually isolate 2 inch vents and ensure drywell cooling is maximized I OT-101 High Drywell Pressure. Step 3.16.6, IF Primary Containment steam leak is detected or South Stack HI/HI-HI Radiation alarm (003 F-1) is received while venting Drywell then close the following valves HV-57 -211, INBD and HV-57. OUTBOARD. An OT-101 immediate operator action is to Maximize Drywell cooling (Step 2.1). Per ARC 003 RAD

              ~. ______. __-L.F:....-....:1..!....~th:..:.:is=-::;.an;..;.;nc:..:u=.n,:.::.c:.:.:ia::.:to;;;..:r_~h.:.:a::.:s:....;n.;..;:o,~a=.u=.:t-=-om:..:..:=;a:::t.i,c=-::;.a-=-ct:...;io:.n===s....:t::.:ha=-t:...;o"-c::..::c.u==:

r.

             ~ue-s-ti-o-n-2-4-I-n-fo--------------------------.
              ~guestiOI'-Type:          ._ _ _+-'M~ul:...;tiLPII:..::e-C;;;..:h.:.:o==ic.:..:e:..-.~--~.~.----------.- . 
              ,Status:                                    Active
              ~Iway~select ~_n_te_s_t?_._.::-_-+-N_o-'---__ .~_. __ ._~~. _ _._.______ ~ _ _ _~.~._
              ~lJ.~I"l.~rized for:.pI.9~~i~¥==?_ _+N::~o::--.--_-~-~.. ---_.-..... --.-------.-.--~.-.. --l Points:                                   1.00 r_*---*-*..,----:-*----1f-::'-'-::..::...*---*--------------~~--_I
              . Time to Comple!_e.:.___--1!-:0_ _ _ _*___~._._. _______. _ _._ _~_ __I Difficulty:                               0.00 System ID:          ~._                   54...Q1 User-Defined ID:          ----+-5::-.:..::.40t-'-1..--~--*---**--------**--**-----l Cross Reference Number:                   LLOT1540.02 r==================~================*===============*=*======------

Drywell venting to REECE is in progress for containment

              ~O_u:-iC-~-ie-ld-1-:_.-.-._._-+-p,,---~I~s;.~e cOi"\trol p_~QIJ.QJ.J:!.!Q'iQ~~~_~____:

Num-F-ie-ld-2-:-"-' SRO 3.2 .--.~~.. .--- Text Field: KIA 2.3.11 Comments: ,~-~.----.-~.-- ..- c _ - - - - - - -.. ---~--~--. f---~..-.--~.-.-..-~.--- General Data-c-::--:--------~-__I Technical Reference with OT-101 Revision Number:

                                                             -~ -*---~--*--+_-7..,----:-----*---*-*--- --1 Ii 10CFR55.43                                                                                                    10CFR55.43 (b) 4----*

Question c--Hc...-is-to*~ry-:(cC"i.-e~.L:-G~S--+----:-02NRC NRC-05, OYS CERT-04) -EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 66 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order Question Source: (Le. New, Bank i Bank, Modified) Low KA Justification (if Bank required): Revision History: Revision Bank History: (Le. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS review) . ILT I ~tied Ref (If none ropriate): (Le. ABN-##) Excluded

Reference:

(Le. Ensure ON-## not provided) LORT PRA: (Le. Yes or No or #) LORT Question Section: (Le, A-Systems or B-Procedures) Question 24 Table-Item Links General Question Data Limerick RO EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 67 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order 25 10: 8874 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 plant conditions are as follows: Reactor Scram Control Rod 06-39 is stuck at position 24 Four other control rods are stuck at position 02 No Boron has been injected IRMs are downscale on Range 1 SRMs are midscale and trending down (10E+3 CPS) WHICH ONE of the following describes the status of the Reactor based on the above conditions? ATWS in Progress Shutdown Status A. YES Reactor is Shutdown B. YES Reactor is NOT Shutdown C. NO Reactor is Shutdown D. NO Reactor is NOT Shutdown Answer: A Answer Explanation: EXAM BANK COMPUTER rEST Page: 68 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order ANSWER YES I Reactor is Shut Down: Per Trip Bases: An ATWS is defined as: all rods NOT inserted to OR beyond 02 AND the reactor has NOT been determined to be shutdown under all conditions without boron, As Control Rod 06-39 is stuck at position 24 the definition of ATWS is met. SHUTDOWN is defined as the reactor is subcritical with power below the heating range as defined by IRMs below range 6 OR SRMs below 50,000 cps. As IRMs are downscale on range 1 and SRMs are 10E+3 CPS the definition of shutdown is met. DISTRACTOR YESI Reactor is NOT Shut Down: See Above DISTRACTOR NO I Reactor is Shut Down: See Above DISTRACTOR NO I Reactor is NOT Shut Down: See Above fQUestion 25 Info i Question Type: Multiple Choice Status: Active I Alway"s select on test? No i Authorized for practice? No Points: 1.00 Time to C0rYlplete: 3 Difficulty: 3.00

            .Sy"sterYl 10:                   8874 I User-Defined 10:               8874 Cross Reference Number:        LLOT-1560.06
            *Topic:                          SRO QUESTION 25 Num Field 1:                   4.0 Num Field 2:                   4.6 Text Field:                    2.4.21 Comments:

General Data Technical Reference with Trip Bases, Revision Number: T-101 i Cognitive Level H PRA: (i.e. Yes or No or #) YES 10CFR 55.43 (N/A for RO) 55.41 (b) 7.55.43 (b) 5 Question History: (i.e. LGS NEW NRC-05, OYS CERT-04) Question Source: (i.e. New, NEW Bank. Modified) EXAM BANK COMPUTER TEST Page: 69 of 70 20 August 2010

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY ILT09-1 SRO questions in sample plan order

                  --. -.----.-.--.----rr-~__:____:____,_--~__,__,__-__,_~~-------__n Revision History: Revision                     NEW History: (Le. Modified distractor "b" to make plausible based on OTPS re."i~~~~.~.~_~ __ ~ ___ ~ __            __1__ _ _ _ _._ _ _. _.*      _~_~

Supplied Ref (If NONE a r()Q!2Cite): (Le. ABN-## Excluded

Reference:

(Le. E~~LJ~~~9l-'.:.~ilQt prov..;;;id..,;,.e-=-d,--+_ ~ __ ._~ _____ .___ ~ __._ Low KA Justification (if N/A re

               ----_._---------               -------~------.-----.-----.--

EXAM BANK COMPUT=E=R-"'T=E-o-ST~--- ~*-**-~-*~-~P-ag-e:-i6 of 70c----*~*-~*-*-*****-~-*~-~-~*** *-~***~26-Au-g-us-t 2-01-0}}